PwC's accounting podcast Tue, 14 Apr 2026 14:33:23 -0400 https://viewpoint.pwc.com/us/en/accounting-podcasts.html en-us © 2026 PwC's accounting podcast yes d2a1f23a-bf1d-50f6-a516-f6a402cbce1c PwC episodic false Listen in as PwC specialists discuss today’s most compelling accounting, reporting, and business issues. Whether financial reporting or sustainability reporting, each episode is packed with insights you won't find anywhere else.

]]> Buzzsprout (https://www.buzzsprout.com) 810971, accounting, financial reporting, Big 4, revenue recognition, FASB, US GAAP, lease accounting PwC https://storage.buzzsprout.com/zv5yu6ivs3tc5zwajfovt8ugukug?.jpg PwC's accounting podcast https://viewpoint.pwc.com/us/en/accounting-podcasts.html Heather Horn OECD Pillar Two: Tax implications for US multinationals OECD Pillar Two: Tax implications for US multinationals The OECD’s January 2026 Administrative Guidance on Pillar Two introduces new safe harbor provisions that could significantly affect how US multinationals are taxed globally. This episode breaks down the key provisions and their accounting and financial reporting implications.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:13 – Background on Pillar Two and core concepts 
  • 6:57 – Overview of the OECD Administrative Guidance 
  • 17:10 – Criteria for the Side-by-Side Safe Harbor 
  • 21:46 – Ultimate Parent Entity Safe Harbor overview 
  • 25:25 – Key accounting and financial reporting considerations
  • 33:21 – Extension of the Country-by-Country Safe Harbor
  • 35:15 – Final reminders and key takeaways 

For more information on accounting for Pillar Two, read our In depths, OECD Pillar Two: Time to act on the global minimum tax and Accounting for Pillar Two: Frequently asked questions. Also, check out our Income taxes guide for additional background on existing guidance.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Pat Brown is PwC’s National Tax Office Co-Leader. Prior to joining PwC, he spent 16 years in the private sector, including as the director of tax policy for a Fortune 50 company. Pat has also served in the US Treasury’s Office of Tax Policy as an attorney-advisor and as Associate International Tax Counsel.

Jennifer Spang is PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 30 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> The OECD’s January 2026 Administrative Guidance on Pillar Two introduces new safe harbor provisions that could significantly affect how US multinationals are taxed globally. This episode breaks down the key provisions and their accounting and financial reporting implications.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:13 – Background on Pillar Two and core concepts 
  • 6:57 – Overview of the OECD Administrative Guidance 
  • 17:10 – Criteria for the Side-by-Side Safe Harbor 
  • 21:46 – Ultimate Parent Entity Safe Harbor overview 
  • 25:25 – Key accounting and financial reporting considerations
  • 33:21 – Extension of the Country-by-Country Safe Harbor
  • 35:15 – Final reminders and key takeaways 

For more information on accounting for Pillar Two, read our In depths, OECD Pillar Two: Time to act on the global minimum tax and Accounting for Pillar Two: Frequently asked questions. Also, check out our Income taxes guide for additional background on existing guidance.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Pat Brown is PwC’s National Tax Office Co-Leader. Prior to joining PwC, he spent 16 years in the private sector, including as the director of tax policy for a Fortune 50 company. Pat has also served in the US Treasury’s Office of Tax Policy as an attorney-advisor and as Associate International Tax Counsel.

Jennifer Spang is PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 30 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-19015067 Tue, 14 Apr 2026 12:00:00 -0400 2690 Income taxes full false How will US public policy shape business in 2026? How will US public policy shape business in 2026? The US public policy landscape continues to evolve and impact US and global businesses. We cover key developments in Washington, D.C., including tariffs, AI, and other areas as well as at the SEC and PCAOB, along with what it all means for financial reporting and strategic decision-making.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:04 – Overview of the 2026 public policy environment and business implications 
  • 4:17 – Affordability challenges and limits of policy solutions
  • 9:35 – Tariff strategy shifts and ongoing uncertainty for businesses
  • 13:43 – SEC and PCAOB priorities and leadership changes 
  • 27:51 – INVEST Act and the outlook for capital formation 
  • 31:06 – AI governance and the fragmented state and federal approach 
  • 36:48 – Key takeaways and what businesses should monitor in 2026

For more on tariffs, listen to our recent episode, Tariff uncertainty: Business and financial reporting impacts. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Roz Brooks is PwC's US Public Policy Leader. Roz is responsible for ensuring PwC has a voice in important debates at the nexus of business and government and helping the firm successfully execute its business strategy. Roz leads PwC’s engagement with Congress, the White House, regulatory agencies, state and local governments, and organizations including trade associations, think tanks, and NGOs.

Michael O’Brien is a PwC Director in the Office of Government, Regulatory Affairs & Public Policy. Michael represents the firm and its interests before Congress, the Executive Branch and federal regulatory agencies. He has advocated on the firm's behalf on matters including the implementation of Sarbanes-Oxley and Dodd-Frank, state and federal taxation matters, IFRS, litigation reform, and the competitiveness of the U.S. capital markets. Besides assisting in general lobbying activities, Michael has researched and developed periodic political analyses and strategies for firm distribution.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> The US public policy landscape continues to evolve and impact US and global businesses. We cover key developments in Washington, D.C., including tariffs, AI, and other areas as well as at the SEC and PCAOB, along with what it all means for financial reporting and strategic decision-making.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:04 – Overview of the 2026 public policy environment and business implications 
  • 4:17 – Affordability challenges and limits of policy solutions
  • 9:35 – Tariff strategy shifts and ongoing uncertainty for businesses
  • 13:43 – SEC and PCAOB priorities and leadership changes 
  • 27:51 – INVEST Act and the outlook for capital formation 
  • 31:06 – AI governance and the fragmented state and federal approach 
  • 36:48 – Key takeaways and what businesses should monitor in 2026

For more on tariffs, listen to our recent episode, Tariff uncertainty: Business and financial reporting impacts. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Roz Brooks is PwC's US Public Policy Leader. Roz is responsible for ensuring PwC has a voice in important debates at the nexus of business and government and helping the firm successfully execute its business strategy. Roz leads PwC’s engagement with Congress, the White House, regulatory agencies, state and local governments, and organizations including trade associations, think tanks, and NGOs.

Michael O’Brien is a PwC Director in the Office of Government, Regulatory Affairs & Public Policy. Michael represents the firm and its interests before Congress, the Executive Branch and federal regulatory agencies. He has advocated on the firm's behalf on matters including the implementation of Sarbanes-Oxley and Dodd-Frank, state and federal taxation matters, IFRS, litigation reform, and the competitiveness of the U.S. capital markets. Besides assisting in general lobbying activities, Michael has researched and developed periodic political analyses and strategies for firm distribution.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18977852 Tue, 07 Apr 2026 13:00:00 -0400 2588 Public policy full false Derivative vs. revenue: Key impacts of new FASB guidance Derivative vs. revenue: Key impacts of new FASB guidance ASU 2025-07, Derivatives Scope Refinements and Scope Clarification for Share-Based Noncash Consideration from a Customer in a Revenue Contract, is new FASB guidance that adds a derivative scope exception and clarifies the boundary between revenue and financial instruments guidance for share-based non-cash consideration from customers. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:39 – New derivative scope exception for contracts tied to operations
  • 11:05 – Applying revenue versus financial instruments guidance 
  • 14:55 – Examples illustrating application of the share-based consideration guidance
  • 22:59 – Effective date, transition, and adoption considerations

For more information, read our In depth, FASB issues new standard on derivative and revenue scoping and check out chapter 3 of our Derivatives and hedging guide.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest

Bret Dooley is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.

Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in PwC’s National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> ASU 2025-07, Derivatives Scope Refinements and Scope Clarification for Share-Based Noncash Consideration from a Customer in a Revenue Contract, is new FASB guidance that adds a derivative scope exception and clarifies the boundary between revenue and financial instruments guidance for share-based non-cash consideration from customers. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:39 – New derivative scope exception for contracts tied to operations
  • 11:05 – Applying revenue versus financial instruments guidance 
  • 14:55 – Examples illustrating application of the share-based consideration guidance
  • 22:59 – Effective date, transition, and adoption considerations

For more information, read our In depth, FASB issues new standard on derivative and revenue scoping and check out chapter 3 of our Derivatives and hedging guide.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest

Bret Dooley is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.

Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in PwC’s National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18939510 Tue, 31 Mar 2026 13:00:00 -0400 1567 Derivatives, revenue full false Hedge accounting: How new guidance will impact your risk strategy Hedge accounting: How new guidance will impact your risk strategy In this episode, we explore the FASB’s latest hedge accounting guidance and what the changes mean for a company’s risk management strategies. We also preview what’s ahead for hedging on the FASB’s standard setting agenda.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:46 – Overview of recent hedge accounting updates
  • 4:24 – New choose-your-rate debt hedge accounting model
  • 10:09 – Updates affecting purchases and sales of nonfinancial assets
  • 21:09 – What’s ahead on the FASB’s hedge accounting agenda
  • 30:23 – Adoption considerations and transition opportunities

For more information, read our In depth, FASB issues hedge accounting improvements, and check out our Derivatives and hedging guide for additional background on existing guidance.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National office with 30 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial services clients on treasury-related matters.

Nick Milone is a partner in PwC’s Financial Markets & Real Estate practice. He advises companies on current accounting issues, developments, and the application of accounting standards. Nick provides accounting advisory services to many of PwC’s clients on structured transactions, derivatives and hedging activities, transfers of financial assets, securitizations, financings, investments, valuation, and other issues.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in PwC’s National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In this episode, we explore the FASB’s latest hedge accounting guidance and what the changes mean for a company’s risk management strategies. We also preview what’s ahead for hedging on the FASB’s standard setting agenda.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:46 – Overview of recent hedge accounting updates
  • 4:24 – New choose-your-rate debt hedge accounting model
  • 10:09 – Updates affecting purchases and sales of nonfinancial assets
  • 21:09 – What’s ahead on the FASB’s hedge accounting agenda
  • 30:23 – Adoption considerations and transition opportunities

For more information, read our In depth, FASB issues hedge accounting improvements, and check out our Derivatives and hedging guide for additional background on existing guidance.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National office with 30 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial services clients on treasury-related matters.

Nick Milone is a partner in PwC’s Financial Markets & Real Estate practice. He advises companies on current accounting issues, developments, and the application of accounting standards. Nick provides accounting advisory services to many of PwC’s clients on structured transactions, derivatives and hedging activities, transfers of financial assets, securitizations, financings, investments, valuation, and other issues.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in PwC’s National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18900521 Tue, 24 Mar 2026 11:00:00 -0400 2077 Derivatives and hedging full false Sustainability now: GHG Protocol update—Scope 3 and more Sustainability now: GHG Protocol update—Scope 3 and more A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

In this episode, we explore the latest on potential GHG Protocol revisions, including revisiting proposed changes to the Scope 3 Standard and how key decisions are taking shape in the process. We discuss updates to organizational boundaries, materiality thresholds, and new scope 3 categories plus the potential implications of the newly released land sector and removals standard. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:43 – Key updates on the Corporate Standard and Scope 3 Standard revision process
    • 12:19 – The introduction of Category 16 (Other value chain emissions) and related challenges
    • 17:09 – Minimum boundaries and expanding expectations for value chain emissions
    • 21:15 – Scope 3 data quality, disaggregation, and disclosure proposals
    • 26:01 – Scope 3 category 15 (Investments) and alignment with PCAF methodologies
    • 30:21 – Clarifying scope 3 category 10 (Processing of sold products) and category 11 (Use of sold products)
  • 36:21 – Actions and Markets Technical Working Group progress and “book and claim” concepts
  • 39:11 – Newly-issued Land Sector and Removals Standard and implementation considerations
  • 46:17 – Timeline and practical guidance for companies preparing for change

For more on the GHG Protocol, see our publications:

About our guest

Colin Powell is PwC Canada’s Technical Net Zero Leader. His work focuses on GHG quantification, life cycle assessment across many impact categories, GHG target setting, and developing decarbonization strategies. He has supported companies in quantifying over 1 billion tonnes of GHG emissions and worked previously as a consultant supporting global clients to understand their GHG emissions and how they can decarbonize. Colin sits on the GHG Protocol’s Scope 3 Technical Working Group, helping to shape the revision of the global standards used to account for GHG emissions. Colin is also a Professional Engineer (Ontario) and holds a PhD in wastewater treatment modeling.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

In this episode, we explore the latest on potential GHG Protocol revisions, including revisiting proposed changes to the Scope 3 Standard and how key decisions are taking shape in the process. We discuss updates to organizational boundaries, materiality thresholds, and new scope 3 categories plus the potential implications of the newly released land sector and removals standard. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:43 – Key updates on the Corporate Standard and Scope 3 Standard revision process
    • 12:19 – The introduction of Category 16 (Other value chain emissions) and related challenges
    • 17:09 – Minimum boundaries and expanding expectations for value chain emissions
    • 21:15 – Scope 3 data quality, disaggregation, and disclosure proposals
    • 26:01 – Scope 3 category 15 (Investments) and alignment with PCAF methodologies
    • 30:21 – Clarifying scope 3 category 10 (Processing of sold products) and category 11 (Use of sold products)
  • 36:21 – Actions and Markets Technical Working Group progress and “book and claim” concepts
  • 39:11 – Newly-issued Land Sector and Removals Standard and implementation considerations
  • 46:17 – Timeline and practical guidance for companies preparing for change

For more on the GHG Protocol, see our publications:

About our guest

Colin Powell is PwC Canada’s Technical Net Zero Leader. His work focuses on GHG quantification, life cycle assessment across many impact categories, GHG target setting, and developing decarbonization strategies. He has supported companies in quantifying over 1 billion tonnes of GHG emissions and worked previously as a consultant supporting global clients to understand their GHG emissions and how they can decarbonize. Colin sits on the GHG Protocol’s Scope 3 Technical Working Group, helping to shape the revision of the global standards used to account for GHG emissions. Colin is also a Professional Engineer (Ontario) and holds a PhD in wastewater treatment modeling.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18874215 Thu, 19 Mar 2026 11:00:00 -0400 3067 esg, pwc esg full false Tariff uncertainty: Business and financial reporting impacts Tariff uncertainty: Business and financial reporting impacts The US tariff landscape shifted again following the Supreme Court’s decision invalidating tariffs imposed under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA). In this episode, we discuss what the ruling means for importers, including potential refunds, accounting and financial reporting considerations, compliance challenges, and the continued use of other tariff authorities. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:29 The current tariff landscape and the Supreme Court’s IEEPA ruling
  • 6:57 Practical steps companies can take now
  • 8:56 Accounting for potential tariff refunds
  • 13:11 Operational, administrative, and compliance challenges
  • 17:42 Downstream accounting impacts for customers and suppliers
  • 20:50 New Section 122 tariffs and other tariff authorities still in effect
  • 25:27 Tariff mitigation strategies, including drawback and supply chain planning

For more, read our In depth, Accounting implications of tariffs. 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guest

Sharon Martin is a principal with PwC’s Customs and International Trade practice with extensive experience advising clients on both trade compliance and strategic planning related projects. Sharon has worked with clients in a variety of industries providing strategic advice on customs advisory, risk mitigation, and duty planning.

About our guest host

Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> The US tariff landscape shifted again following the Supreme Court’s decision invalidating tariffs imposed under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA). In this episode, we discuss what the ruling means for importers, including potential refunds, accounting and financial reporting considerations, compliance challenges, and the continued use of other tariff authorities. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:29 The current tariff landscape and the Supreme Court’s IEEPA ruling
  • 6:57 Practical steps companies can take now
  • 8:56 Accounting for potential tariff refunds
  • 13:11 Operational, administrative, and compliance challenges
  • 17:42 Downstream accounting impacts for customers and suppliers
  • 20:50 New Section 122 tariffs and other tariff authorities still in effect
  • 25:27 Tariff mitigation strategies, including drawback and supply chain planning

For more, read our In depth, Accounting implications of tariffs. 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guest

Sharon Martin is a principal with PwC’s Customs and International Trade practice with extensive experience advising clients on both trade compliance and strategic planning related projects. Sharon has worked with clients in a variety of industries providing strategic advice on customs advisory, risk mitigation, and duty planning.

About our guest host

Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18862164 Tue, 17 Mar 2026 11:00:00 -0400 2104 Tariffs full false Sustainability now: Balancing GHG scope 2 ambition and practicality Sustainability now: Balancing GHG scope 2 ambition and practicality A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

The GHG Protocol’s proposed updates to its guidance on scope 2 emissions introduce significant changes, including hourly matching, revised market-based accounting rules, and more granular emissions data requirements. In this episode, we break down the key proposals, PwC’s perspective on feasibility and interoperability, and what companies should be considering as the guidance evolves. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:45 – Overview of the Scope 2 consultation and the themes of proposed updates and views
  • 14:04 – Data availability challenges: hourly utility data gaps and lack of granular emission factors
  • 20:08 – Geographic market restrictions and renewable procurement impacts
  • 31:00 – International Organization for Standardization relationship, timeline shifts, and what companies can do now 

For more on the GHG Protocol, see our publications: 

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.

About our guest

Colin Powell is PwC Canada’s Technical Net Zero Leader. His work focuses on GHG quantification, life cycle assessment across many impact categories, GHG target setting, and developing decarbonization strategies. He has supported companies in quantifying over 1 billion tonnes of GHG emissions and worked previously as a consultant supporting global clients to understand their GHG emissions and how they can decarbonize. Colin sits on the GHG Protocol’s Scope 3 Technical Working Group, helping to shape the revision of the global standards used to account for GHG emissions. Colin is also a Professional Engineer (Ontario) and holds a PhD in wastewater treatment modeling.  

About our host 

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

The GHG Protocol’s proposed updates to its guidance on scope 2 emissions introduce significant changes, including hourly matching, revised market-based accounting rules, and more granular emissions data requirements. In this episode, we break down the key proposals, PwC’s perspective on feasibility and interoperability, and what companies should be considering as the guidance evolves. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:45 – Overview of the Scope 2 consultation and the themes of proposed updates and views
  • 14:04 – Data availability challenges: hourly utility data gaps and lack of granular emission factors
  • 20:08 – Geographic market restrictions and renewable procurement impacts
  • 31:00 – International Organization for Standardization relationship, timeline shifts, and what companies can do now 

For more on the GHG Protocol, see our publications: 

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.

About our guest

Colin Powell is PwC Canada’s Technical Net Zero Leader. His work focuses on GHG quantification, life cycle assessment across many impact categories, GHG target setting, and developing decarbonization strategies. He has supported companies in quantifying over 1 billion tonnes of GHG emissions and worked previously as a consultant supporting global clients to understand their GHG emissions and how they can decarbonize. Colin sits on the GHG Protocol’s Scope 3 Technical Working Group, helping to shape the revision of the global standards used to account for GHG emissions. Colin is also a Professional Engineer (Ontario) and holds a PhD in wastewater treatment modeling.  

About our host 

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18822879 Tue, 10 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0400 2446 esg, pwc esg full false Sustainability now: Preparing for the energy grid of tomorrow Sustainability now: Preparing for the energy grid of tomorrow A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

Energy demand is rising at a pace few anticipated, driven by AI, data centers, electrification, and industrial growth. In this episode, host Heather Horn speaks with Gayle Miller, Head of Strategic Investor Engagement for Brookfield’s Global Client Group and Senior Advisor to its Renewable Power & Transition business, about what an “all-of-the-above” energy strategy looks like in practice—and how investors are evaluating risk, value, and sustainability reporting in this new era of energy security.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 3:59 – The forces influencing energy demand to accelerate
  • 6:28 – What an “all-of-the-above” energy strategy means in practice
  • 12:04 – How utilities, hyperscalers, and investors are working together to secure power
  • 16:49 – Grid constraints, demand smoothing, and AI-enabled optimization
  • 22:40 – The evolving energy mix: renewables, storage, gas and nuclear
  • 36:48 – Cap-and-trade, renewable standards, and emissions policy tools
  • 42:20 – Corporate climate commitments and the role of sustainability reporting

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards. 

About our guest

Gayle Miller is Head of Strategic Investor Engagement for Brookfield’s Global Client Group and a Senior Advisor to the Renewable Power & Transition business. In this role, she oversees critical touchpoints and programs tailored for institutional clients and continues to advise on the energy transition.

Prior to joining Brookfield in 2024, Ms. Miller was chief deputy of policy to the California Department of Finance and senior counselor on infrastructure and clean energy finance to the Governor, where she championed the state's landmark clean energy agenda. She previously was vice chair of the investment committee for the California Teachers’ Retirement System and served as an advisor to the Governor for the California Public Employee Retirement System.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

Energy demand is rising at a pace few anticipated, driven by AI, data centers, electrification, and industrial growth. In this episode, host Heather Horn speaks with Gayle Miller, Head of Strategic Investor Engagement for Brookfield’s Global Client Group and Senior Advisor to its Renewable Power & Transition business, about what an “all-of-the-above” energy strategy looks like in practice—and how investors are evaluating risk, value, and sustainability reporting in this new era of energy security.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 3:59 – The forces influencing energy demand to accelerate
  • 6:28 – What an “all-of-the-above” energy strategy means in practice
  • 12:04 – How utilities, hyperscalers, and investors are working together to secure power
  • 16:49 – Grid constraints, demand smoothing, and AI-enabled optimization
  • 22:40 – The evolving energy mix: renewables, storage, gas and nuclear
  • 36:48 – Cap-and-trade, renewable standards, and emissions policy tools
  • 42:20 – Corporate climate commitments and the role of sustainability reporting

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards. 

About our guest

Gayle Miller is Head of Strategic Investor Engagement for Brookfield’s Global Client Group and a Senior Advisor to the Renewable Power & Transition business. In this role, she oversees critical touchpoints and programs tailored for institutional clients and continues to advise on the energy transition.

Prior to joining Brookfield in 2024, Ms. Miller was chief deputy of policy to the California Department of Finance and senior counselor on infrastructure and clean energy finance to the Governor, where she championed the state's landmark clean energy agenda. She previously was vice chair of the investment committee for the California Teachers’ Retirement System and served as an advisor to the Governor for the California Public Employee Retirement System.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18783038 Tue, 03 Mar 2026 12:00:00 -0500 3244 esg, pwc esg full false Sustainability now: EU reporting—What’s settled, what’s evolving Sustainability now: EU reporting—What’s settled, what’s evolving On February 24, the Council of the European Union officially adopted the ‘Omnibus’ directive. Key aspects of the ‘Omnibus’ directive include changes to the scope of entities subject to the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD) as well as guidance on simplified European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), sector guidance, assurance standards, and value chain reporting. 

This approval and other recent milestones in the EU legislative process and standard setting efforts are shaping the next phase of sustainability reporting. In this episode, we provide an update on the Omnibus package and discuss the latest developments in the proposed revisions to the ESRS. We explore what is expected to be finalized soon, where there is still opportunity for change, and the key implications for companies preparing for upcoming reporting requirements. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:48 – Updated scope and timing requirements for EU and non-EU entities
  • 11:14 – Streamlined general disclosure requirements and cross-cutting changes
  • 14:31 – Changes to double materiality and flexibility in the assessment process
  • 17:34 – Clarifications on mitigation, remediation, and assessing impacts
  • 22:54 – Reporting boundary updates, including the impact of leased assets and GHG emissions
  • 27:51 – New reliefs: reasonable and supportable information, acquisitions and disposals, and metric flexibility
  • 36:07 – What’s next in the European Commission process and how companies can prepare now

Looking for more on sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Diana Stoltzfus is a sustainability partner in the Professional Practice Group within the National Office. Diana helps to shape our firm’s perspective on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Diana was previously the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) of the Professional Practice Group in the OCA at the SEC. She focused on providing guidance related to auditing, independence, and internal controls.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> On February 24, the Council of the European Union officially adopted the ‘Omnibus’ directive. Key aspects of the ‘Omnibus’ directive include changes to the scope of entities subject to the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive (CSDDD) as well as guidance on simplified European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), sector guidance, assurance standards, and value chain reporting. 

This approval and other recent milestones in the EU legislative process and standard setting efforts are shaping the next phase of sustainability reporting. In this episode, we provide an update on the Omnibus package and discuss the latest developments in the proposed revisions to the ESRS. We explore what is expected to be finalized soon, where there is still opportunity for change, and the key implications for companies preparing for upcoming reporting requirements. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:48 – Updated scope and timing requirements for EU and non-EU entities
  • 11:14 – Streamlined general disclosure requirements and cross-cutting changes
  • 14:31 – Changes to double materiality and flexibility in the assessment process
  • 17:34 – Clarifications on mitigation, remediation, and assessing impacts
  • 22:54 – Reporting boundary updates, including the impact of leased assets and GHG emissions
  • 27:51 – New reliefs: reasonable and supportable information, acquisitions and disposals, and metric flexibility
  • 36:07 – What’s next in the European Commission process and how companies can prepare now

Looking for more on sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Diana Stoltzfus is a sustainability partner in the Professional Practice Group within the National Office. Diana helps to shape our firm’s perspective on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Diana was previously the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) of the Professional Practice Group in the OCA at the SEC. She focused on providing guidance related to auditing, independence, and internal controls.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18740466 Tue, 24 Feb 2026 11:00:00 -0500 2459 esg, pwc esg full false Sustainability now: What’s next for California climate reporting? Sustainability now: What’s next for California climate reporting? California’s climate disclosure laws are entering a critical phase as key compliance deadlines approach. SB 253 (the Climate Corporate Data Accountability Act) requires companies to report greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol, while SB 261 (Greenhouse gases: climate-related financial risk) mandates disclosure of climate-related financial risks aligned with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) or an equivalent framework. Although SB 261 is currently on hold due to litigation, companies should continue preparing. In this episode, we break down the latest developments from the California Air and Resources Board (CARB), what companies need to report in 2026, and how to prepare amid ongoing regulatory and legal uncertainty.  

In this episode, we discuss the latest developments from the California Air Resources Board (CARB), 2026 reporting requirements, and how to navigate ongoing regulatory and legal uncertainty. In this episode, we break down the latest developments from the California Air and Resources Board (CARB), what companies need to report in 2026, and how to prepare amid ongoing regulatory and legal uncertainty. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:50 Deadline for SB 253 (GHG) reporting
  • 4:39 Reporting requirements for SB 253
  • 13:21 Deadline for SB 261 (climate risk) reporting
  • 16:52 Reporting requirements for SB 261
  • 20:43 What to expect from CARB in 2026
  • 24:20 Applicability considerations and key exemptions

For more on the California sustainability laws, read our In depth, California climate reporting–SB 253 and SB 261 explained. 

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards. 

About our guest

Logan Redlin is a director in PwC’s National Office who is focused on thought leadership strategy and content development related to accounting and financial reporting, sustainability reporting, and standard setting. Prior to this role, Logan spent 15 years in the audit practice, serving both public and private companies with a primary focus on asset management and real estate.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a sustainability partner in the Professional Practice Group within the National Office. Diana helps to shape our firm’s perspective on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Diana was previously the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) of the Professional Practice Group in the OCA at the SEC. She focused on providing guidance related to auditing, independence, and internal controls.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> California’s climate disclosure laws are entering a critical phase as key compliance deadlines approach. SB 253 (the Climate Corporate Data Accountability Act) requires companies to report greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol, while SB 261 (Greenhouse gases: climate-related financial risk) mandates disclosure of climate-related financial risks aligned with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) or an equivalent framework. Although SB 261 is currently on hold due to litigation, companies should continue preparing. In this episode, we break down the latest developments from the California Air and Resources Board (CARB), what companies need to report in 2026, and how to prepare amid ongoing regulatory and legal uncertainty.  

In this episode, we discuss the latest developments from the California Air Resources Board (CARB), 2026 reporting requirements, and how to navigate ongoing regulatory and legal uncertainty. In this episode, we break down the latest developments from the California Air and Resources Board (CARB), what companies need to report in 2026, and how to prepare amid ongoing regulatory and legal uncertainty. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:50 Deadline for SB 253 (GHG) reporting
  • 4:39 Reporting requirements for SB 253
  • 13:21 Deadline for SB 261 (climate risk) reporting
  • 16:52 Reporting requirements for SB 261
  • 20:43 What to expect from CARB in 2026
  • 24:20 Applicability considerations and key exemptions

For more on the California sustainability laws, read our In depth, California climate reporting–SB 253 and SB 261 explained. 

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards. 

About our guest

Logan Redlin is a director in PwC’s National Office who is focused on thought leadership strategy and content development related to accounting and financial reporting, sustainability reporting, and standard setting. Prior to this role, Logan spent 15 years in the audit practice, serving both public and private companies with a primary focus on asset management and real estate.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a sustainability partner in the Professional Practice Group within the National Office. Diana helps to shape our firm’s perspective on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Diana was previously the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) of the Professional Practice Group in the OCA at the SEC. She focused on providing guidance related to auditing, independence, and internal controls.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18700602 Tue, 17 Feb 2026 13:00:00 -0500 1831 esg, pwc esg full false Replay - SEC now: Today’s landscape and recent developments Replay - SEC now: Today’s landscape and recent developments A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

It’s that time of year, with many focused on year-end reporting. After wrapping up our Year-end toolkit series, we revisit another set of conversations that are especially relevant right now. We’re re-releasing the kickoff episode from our SEC now series.

This first episode sets the stage with an overview of current developments shaping SEC reporting. Our guests unpack recent leadership changes, the evolving rulemaking agenda, reporting themes, and key trends in SEC comment letters.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:59 – SEC leadership updates
  • 7:28 – Rulemaking agenda and expected priorities
  • 14:25 – Rulemaking challenges: staff capacity and shutdown constraints
  • 16:57 – SEC comment letter themes and focus areas

For more on this topic listen to the other episodes in our SEC now and Inside SEC reporting series.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Scott Feely is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience supporting clients as they address the SEC and financial reporting implications of their capital markets and merger and acquisition-related activities. 

Lindsay McCord is a PwC National Office partner specializing in matters related to the SEC and the capital markets. Prior to joining PwC, Lindsay spent over 15 years at the SEC, most recently as the Chief Accountant in the Division of Corporation Finance. In this role, Lindsay led an accounting team in providing technical accounting and reporting support to the Division, including SEC rulemaking, interpretation, and guidance. 

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

It’s that time of year, with many focused on year-end reporting. After wrapping up our Year-end toolkit series, we revisit another set of conversations that are especially relevant right now. We’re re-releasing the kickoff episode from our SEC now series.

This first episode sets the stage with an overview of current developments shaping SEC reporting. Our guests unpack recent leadership changes, the evolving rulemaking agenda, reporting themes, and key trends in SEC comment letters.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:59 – SEC leadership updates
  • 7:28 – Rulemaking agenda and expected priorities
  • 14:25 – Rulemaking challenges: staff capacity and shutdown constraints
  • 16:57 – SEC comment letter themes and focus areas

For more on this topic listen to the other episodes in our SEC now and Inside SEC reporting series.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Scott Feely is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience supporting clients as they address the SEC and financial reporting implications of their capital markets and merger and acquisition-related activities. 

Lindsay McCord is a PwC National Office partner specializing in matters related to the SEC and the capital markets. Prior to joining PwC, Lindsay spent over 15 years at the SEC, most recently as the Chief Accountant in the Division of Corporation Finance. In this role, Lindsay led an accounting team in providing technical accounting and reporting support to the Division, including SEC rulemaking, interpretation, and guidance. 

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18657500 Tue, 10 Feb 2026 13:00:00 -0500 1752 SEC reporting full false Replay: Reporting reset–Presentation fundamentals Replay: Reporting reset–Presentation fundamentals It’s that time of year, with many focused on year-end reporting. After wrapping up our Year-end toolkit series last week, we revisit another set of conversations that are especially relevant right now. We’re re-releasing the kickoff episode from last year’s Reporting reset series.

This first episode sets the stage for the series by covering foundational reporting principles, key disclosure considerations, notable differences between public and private company financial statements, and accounting changes and error corrections. Links are provided to other episodes in this presentation and disclosure series.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:25 – Foundational GAAP and SEC requirements for financial statement presentation
  • 3:09 – Determining appropriate reporting periods
  • 5:25 – Balance sheet presentation: classification, required disclosures, and best practices
  • 11:44 – Income statement presentation: structure and key considerations
  • 21:31 – Accounting changes, estimates, and error corrections
  • 29:53 – Subsequent events: recognition and disclosure

For more on this topic read the following chapters in our Financial statement presentation guide:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in PwC’s National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> It’s that time of year, with many focused on year-end reporting. After wrapping up our Year-end toolkit series last week, we revisit another set of conversations that are especially relevant right now. We’re re-releasing the kickoff episode from last year’s Reporting reset series.

This first episode sets the stage for the series by covering foundational reporting principles, key disclosure considerations, notable differences between public and private company financial statements, and accounting changes and error corrections. Links are provided to other episodes in this presentation and disclosure series.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:25 – Foundational GAAP and SEC requirements for financial statement presentation
  • 3:09 – Determining appropriate reporting periods
  • 5:25 – Balance sheet presentation: classification, required disclosures, and best practices
  • 11:44 – Income statement presentation: structure and key considerations
  • 21:31 – Accounting changes, estimates, and error corrections
  • 29:53 – Subsequent events: recognition and disclosure

For more on this topic read the following chapters in our Financial statement presentation guide:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in PwC’s National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18618373 Tue, 03 Feb 2026 11:00:00 -0500 2133 Financial statement presentation full false Year-end toolkit: Strengthening audit committee collaboration Year-end toolkit: Strengthening audit committee collaboration We continue our year-end toolkit series with insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. Today’s episode focuses on the finance team’s engagement with the audit committee, which faces a packed agenda and expanding oversight responsibilities. We explore how management can strengthen collaboration with those charged with governance, streamline reporting, and address emerging issues such as AI, enterprise risk management, and transformation initiatives.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:18 – Strengthening management/audit committee communication and collaboration
  • 10:10 – Key year-end issues finance teams should be prepared to address
  • 15:02 – Oversight of AI: risks, opportunities, and controls
  • 21:33 – Enhancing enterprise risk oversight
  • 27:35 – Navigating the evolving cyber risk landscape in the age of AI
  • 36:05 – Elevating proxy disclosures

For more, watch the replay of our Year-end audit committee webcast and read our publication, Your year-end audit committee guide.

In case you missed it, check out the previous episode in this year-end miniseries:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest

Stephen Parker is a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, which strives to strengthen the connection between directors, executive teams, and investors by helping them navigate the evolving governance landscape. With more than 30 years of experience, Stephen has advised boards of directors on a variety of complex financial reporting matters. Stephen’s client service experience includes energy and utility companies, financial services companies, and nonprofits.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in PwC’s National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our year-end toolkit series with insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. Today’s episode focuses on the finance team’s engagement with the audit committee, which faces a packed agenda and expanding oversight responsibilities. We explore how management can strengthen collaboration with those charged with governance, streamline reporting, and address emerging issues such as AI, enterprise risk management, and transformation initiatives.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:18 – Strengthening management/audit committee communication and collaboration
  • 10:10 – Key year-end issues finance teams should be prepared to address
  • 15:02 – Oversight of AI: risks, opportunities, and controls
  • 21:33 – Enhancing enterprise risk oversight
  • 27:35 – Navigating the evolving cyber risk landscape in the age of AI
  • 36:05 – Elevating proxy disclosures

For more, watch the replay of our Year-end audit committee webcast and read our publication, Your year-end audit committee guide.

In case you missed it, check out the previous episode in this year-end miniseries:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest

Stephen Parker is a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, which strives to strengthen the connection between directors, executive teams, and investors by helping them navigate the evolving governance landscape. With more than 30 years of experience, Stephen has advised boards of directors on a variety of complex financial reporting matters. Stephen’s client service experience includes energy and utility companies, financial services companies, and nonprofits.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in PwC’s National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18578490 Tue, 27 Jan 2026 11:00:00 -0500 2671 Audit committee full false Year-end toolkit: Cash flow classification Year-end toolkit: Cash flow classification We continue our year-end toolkit series sharing insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. In this episode, we focus on the statement of cash flows—an area that remains critical to investors and continues to get focus from regulators. We discuss recent SEC comment letter observations, practical considerations for complex transactions such as debt restructurings, payment processing arrangements, and business combinations; we also highlight reminders and best practices to help companies navigate year-end reporting.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:05 – Overview of the statement of cash flows and key reminders
  • 3:46 – SEC comment letter themes
  • 7:52 – Debt restructurings
  • 15:21 – Payment processing arrangements
  • 20:27 – Business combinations
  • 32:56 – FASB project on targeted improvements to the statement of cash flows

For more on the statement of cash flows, see Chapter 6 of our Financial statement presentation guide.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing, leasing, and foreign currency transactions.

Christopher Gerdau is a partner in PwC’s National Office specializing in accounting for financial instruments and banking-related topics. Chris also conducts technical reviews of SEC filings and provides technical support to PwC’s practice offices. Chris’s client service expertise includes the banking, capital markets, and insurance industries.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our year-end toolkit series sharing insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. In this episode, we focus on the statement of cash flows—an area that remains critical to investors and continues to get focus from regulators. We discuss recent SEC comment letter observations, practical considerations for complex transactions such as debt restructurings, payment processing arrangements, and business combinations; we also highlight reminders and best practices to help companies navigate year-end reporting.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:05 – Overview of the statement of cash flows and key reminders
  • 3:46 – SEC comment letter themes
  • 7:52 – Debt restructurings
  • 15:21 – Payment processing arrangements
  • 20:27 – Business combinations
  • 32:56 – FASB project on targeted improvements to the statement of cash flows

For more on the statement of cash flows, see Chapter 6 of our Financial statement presentation guide.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing, leasing, and foreign currency transactions.

Christopher Gerdau is a partner in PwC’s National Office specializing in accounting for financial instruments and banking-related topics. Chris also conducts technical reviews of SEC filings and provides technical support to PwC’s practice offices. Chris’s client service expertise includes the banking, capital markets, and insurance industries.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18542988 Tue, 20 Jan 2026 11:00:00 -0500 2368 Statement of cash flows full false Deals outlook 2026: Preparing finance teams for what’s ahead Deals outlook 2026: Preparing finance teams for what’s ahead As signs of market stabilization emerge, companies are reassessing their deal strategies for 2026. In this episode, we explore IPO and M&A trends, the influence of AI and macroeconomic shifts, and the steps finance teams can take now to be ready for what’s next.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 3:35 – Where the deals market stands today 
  • 9:38 – Deals outlook for 2026
  • 17:35 – Expected IPOs and financing trends for 2026
  • 25:28 – What finance leaders and teams can do now to prepare

For more read our publications, US Capital Markets 2026 Outlook—IPO markets look primed to accelerate in 2026 and The next wave of M&A: Bigger and bolder deals driven by AI and private equity—US Deals 2026 outlook. Also, be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest

Mike Bellin is a PwC Deals partner who leads PwC’s US Capital Markets practice. Mike advises clients on accessing the debt and equity capital markets by providing clients with technical/project management advice on complex accounting and financial reporting issues associated with the SEC registration process, IPOs, direct listings, SPAC mergers, 144A debt and equity offerings, divestitures, spinoffs and carve-outs, and GAAP conversions.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> As signs of market stabilization emerge, companies are reassessing their deal strategies for 2026. In this episode, we explore IPO and M&A trends, the influence of AI and macroeconomic shifts, and the steps finance teams can take now to be ready for what’s next.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 3:35 – Where the deals market stands today 
  • 9:38 – Deals outlook for 2026
  • 17:35 – Expected IPOs and financing trends for 2026
  • 25:28 – What finance leaders and teams can do now to prepare

For more read our publications, US Capital Markets 2026 Outlook—IPO markets look primed to accelerate in 2026 and The next wave of M&A: Bigger and bolder deals driven by AI and private equity—US Deals 2026 outlook. Also, be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest

Mike Bellin is a PwC Deals partner who leads PwC’s US Capital Markets practice. Mike advises clients on accessing the debt and equity capital markets by providing clients with technical/project management advice on complex accounting and financial reporting issues associated with the SEC registration process, IPOs, direct listings, SPAC mergers, 144A debt and equity offerings, divestitures, spinoffs and carve-outs, and GAAP conversions.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18514480 Thu, 15 Jan 2026 11:00:00 -0500 2261 deals update full false Year-end toolkit: Materiality assessments Year-end toolkit: Materiality assessments In this episode, we share key insights and reminders on navigating materiality judgments. We revisit the fundamentals of SAB 99, explore how to apply both quantitative and qualitative considerations, address identified errors, and more.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 3:53 – The framework for assessing materiality and errors in financial statements
  • 8:51 – Addressing identified errors
  • 15:01 – Reassessing materiality amid economic and other changes
  • 19:48 – Trends in reporting errors, including cash flow statement impacts
  • 23:09 – Fraud and illegal acts

In case you missed it, check out the previous episode in this year-end miniseries, Year-end toolkit: Accounting and reporting reminders for 2026.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest

Michael Mullen is PwC’s US Assurance Quality Management leader. In this role, he oversees complex client issues, providing technical insights and expertise in support of overall quality. With over 35 years of client service experience, Michael has led numerous global client engagements.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In this episode, we share key insights and reminders on navigating materiality judgments. We revisit the fundamentals of SAB 99, explore how to apply both quantitative and qualitative considerations, address identified errors, and more.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 3:53 – The framework for assessing materiality and errors in financial statements
  • 8:51 – Addressing identified errors
  • 15:01 – Reassessing materiality amid economic and other changes
  • 19:48 – Trends in reporting errors, including cash flow statement impacts
  • 23:09 – Fraud and illegal acts

In case you missed it, check out the previous episode in this year-end miniseries, Year-end toolkit: Accounting and reporting reminders for 2026.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest

Michael Mullen is PwC’s US Assurance Quality Management leader. In this role, he oversees complex client issues, providing technical insights and expertise in support of overall quality. With over 35 years of client service experience, Michael has led numerous global client engagements.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18501575 Tue, 13 Jan 2026 11:00:00 -0500 1878 Accounting and financial reporting full false Year-end toolkit: Accounting and reporting reminders for 2026 Year-end toolkit: Accounting and reporting reminders for 2026 This episode explores key accounting and reporting considerations for year-end financial reporting. Technical leaders from our National Office share reminders and timely insights across a range of topics, including tariffs, income taxes, held-for-sale accounting, and other emerging issues–topics that are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:52 – AI mega-deal structuring and related accounting and reporting complexities
  • 11:30 – Equity method accounting considerations and related disclosures
  • 15:58 – Tariffs and trade considerations, including inventory impacts
  • 21:38 – Crypto asset accounting models and new FASB guidance
  • 25:16 – Accounting and reporting for private credit transactions
  • 33:00 – Tax reform developments and income tax accounting
  • 40:00 – New ASUs related to derivatives and hedge accounting
  • 42:52 – Held-for-sale accounting
  • 46:00 – OECD Pillar 2 and global tax

Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Bret Dooley is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

Beth Paul is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. She has over 30 years of experience consulting with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters.

About our guest host

Tom Barbieri is PwC’s US Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience advising large financial services and multinational corporations on complex accounting issues. Tom leads the Accounting & SEC Services Group within the National Office, which is focused on supporting our clients and engagement teams in navigating complex technical accounting and financial reporting matters. He is also a member of the Financial Accounting Standards Advisory Council.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> This episode explores key accounting and reporting considerations for year-end financial reporting. Technical leaders from our National Office share reminders and timely insights across a range of topics, including tariffs, income taxes, held-for-sale accounting, and other emerging issues–topics that are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:52 – AI mega-deal structuring and related accounting and reporting complexities
  • 11:30 – Equity method accounting considerations and related disclosures
  • 15:58 – Tariffs and trade considerations, including inventory impacts
  • 21:38 – Crypto asset accounting models and new FASB guidance
  • 25:16 – Accounting and reporting for private credit transactions
  • 33:00 – Tax reform developments and income tax accounting
  • 40:00 – New ASUs related to derivatives and hedge accounting
  • 42:52 – Held-for-sale accounting
  • 46:00 – OECD Pillar 2 and global tax

Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Bret Dooley is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

Beth Paul is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. She has over 30 years of experience consulting with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters.

About our guest host

Tom Barbieri is PwC’s US Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience advising large financial services and multinational corporations on complex accounting issues. Tom leads the Accounting & SEC Services Group within the National Office, which is focused on supporting our clients and engagement teams in navigating complex technical accounting and financial reporting matters. He is also a member of the Financial Accounting Standards Advisory Council.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18476522 Thu, 08 Jan 2026 11:00:00 -0500 3041 Accounting and reporting full false SEC now: Revenue 2025 comment letter trends SEC now: Revenue 2025 comment letter trends In this final episode of our SEC-focused series, we discuss SEC comments on revenue. Revenue is the top line for a reason; it’s closely watched by investors and therefore the SEC staff as well. From performance obligations to disaggregated revenue disclosures, we discuss the issues most frequently raised by the SEC staff and offer advice to preparers for getting it right the first time.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:34 – An overview of SEC comment letter trends related to revenue
  • 6:22 – Performance obligations
  • 10:48 – Variable consideration
  • 17:07 – Principal versus agent considerations
  • 26:00 – Disaggregated revenue disclosures

In case you missed it, check out the previous episodes in this SEC-focused series:

For more on the SEC, listen to our recent episodes:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.

Ryan Spencer is a partner at PwC's National Office specializing in SEC reporting matters both for US domestic issuers and some of the world’s largest foreign SEC registrants. He has over 25 years of experience serving clients and is a frequent contributor to PwC’s publications and communications.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In this final episode of our SEC-focused series, we discuss SEC comments on revenue. Revenue is the top line for a reason; it’s closely watched by investors and therefore the SEC staff as well. From performance obligations to disaggregated revenue disclosures, we discuss the issues most frequently raised by the SEC staff and offer advice to preparers for getting it right the first time.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:34 – An overview of SEC comment letter trends related to revenue
  • 6:22 – Performance obligations
  • 10:48 – Variable consideration
  • 17:07 – Principal versus agent considerations
  • 26:00 – Disaggregated revenue disclosures

In case you missed it, check out the previous episodes in this SEC-focused series:

For more on the SEC, listen to our recent episodes:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.

Ryan Spencer is a partner at PwC's National Office specializing in SEC reporting matters both for US domestic issuers and some of the world’s largest foreign SEC registrants. He has over 25 years of experience serving clients and is a frequent contributor to PwC’s publications and communications.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18407225 Tue, 30 Dec 2025 07:00:00 -0500 2333 sec reporting, revenue full false SEC now: MD&A 2025 comment letter trends SEC now: MD&A 2025 comment letter trends We continue our SEC-focused series with a discussion of management’s discussion and analysis (MD&A), a topic that remains a consistent focus in SEC staff comment letters. In this episode, we explore the latest trends, common themes, and areas of emphasis—including results of operations, liquidity, and critical accounting estimates—and share practical considerations as companies prepare year-end filings.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:31 – An overview of SEC comment letter trends related to MD&A
  • 6:43 – The results of operations
  • 25:16 – Liquidity and capital resources
  • 28:30 – Critical accounting estimates
  • 35:24 – Final reminders and best practices related to MD&A

In case you missed it, check out the previous episodes in this SEC-focused series:

For more on the SEC, listen to our recent episodes:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Lindsay McCord is a PwC National Office partner specializing in matters related to the SEC and the capital markets. Prior to joining PwC, Lindsay spent over 15 years at the SEC, most recently as the Chief Accountant in the Division of Corporation Finance. In this role, Lindsay led an accounting team in providing technical accounting and reporting support to the Division, including SEC rulemaking, interpretation, and guidance.

Ryan Spencer is a partner at PwC's National Office specializing in SEC reporting matters both for US domestic issuers and some of the world’s largest foreign SEC registrants. He has over 25 years of experience serving clients and is a frequent contributor to PwC’s publications.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our SEC-focused series with a discussion of management’s discussion and analysis (MD&A), a topic that remains a consistent focus in SEC staff comment letters. In this episode, we explore the latest trends, common themes, and areas of emphasis—including results of operations, liquidity, and critical accounting estimates—and share practical considerations as companies prepare year-end filings.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:31 – An overview of SEC comment letter trends related to MD&A
  • 6:43 – The results of operations
  • 25:16 – Liquidity and capital resources
  • 28:30 – Critical accounting estimates
  • 35:24 – Final reminders and best practices related to MD&A

In case you missed it, check out the previous episodes in this SEC-focused series:

For more on the SEC, listen to our recent episodes:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Lindsay McCord is a PwC National Office partner specializing in matters related to the SEC and the capital markets. Prior to joining PwC, Lindsay spent over 15 years at the SEC, most recently as the Chief Accountant in the Division of Corporation Finance. In this role, Lindsay led an accounting team in providing technical accounting and reporting support to the Division, including SEC rulemaking, interpretation, and guidance.

Ryan Spencer is a partner at PwC's National Office specializing in SEC reporting matters both for US domestic issuers and some of the world’s largest foreign SEC registrants. He has over 25 years of experience serving clients and is a frequent contributor to PwC’s publications.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18406384 Tue, 23 Dec 2025 11:00:00 -0500 2304 sec reporting full false Key takeaways from the AICPA & CIMA Conference Key takeaways from the AICPA & CIMA Conference In this episode, we debrief the 2025 AICPA Conference in Washington, DC, highlighting key takeaways including perspectives from SEC Chairman Paul Atkins and other regulatory leaders. Topics include the SEC’s rulemaking priorities for 2026, trends in capital formation, and emerging issues such as AI and cryptocurrency. We also explore practical reminders for year-end reporting and insights into international standard setting collaboration.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 6:42 – SEC Chair keynote: “Making IPOs great again”
  • 12:51 – Emerging issues: AI, crypto, and international standard setting
  • 25:08 – SEC shutdown impacts and capital markets backlog
  • 32:06 – Rulemaking outlook and year-end reminders
  • 47:08 – PCAOB oversight, inspections, and audit standard-setting themes

For more, read our In depth, 2025 AICPA & CIMA Conference: Current SEC and PCAOB Developments.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Kevin Vaughn is a PwC National Office partner specializing in SEC reporting matters. Kevin leverages his extensive experience to support PwC public company and pre-IPO clients on accounting and SEC reporting matters. Prior to joining PwC in 2023, Kevin spent over 18 years at the SEC, most recently serving on the leadership team in the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant where he focused on technical accounting consultations, SEC rulemakings, and standard setting matters.

Scott Feely is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience supporting clients as they address the SEC and financial reporting implications of their capital markets and merger and acquisition-related activities.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In this episode, we debrief the 2025 AICPA Conference in Washington, DC, highlighting key takeaways including perspectives from SEC Chairman Paul Atkins and other regulatory leaders. Topics include the SEC’s rulemaking priorities for 2026, trends in capital formation, and emerging issues such as AI and cryptocurrency. We also explore practical reminders for year-end reporting and insights into international standard setting collaboration.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 6:42 – SEC Chair keynote: “Making IPOs great again”
  • 12:51 – Emerging issues: AI, crypto, and international standard setting
  • 25:08 – SEC shutdown impacts and capital markets backlog
  • 32:06 – Rulemaking outlook and year-end reminders
  • 47:08 – PCAOB oversight, inspections, and audit standard-setting themes

For more, read our In depth, 2025 AICPA & CIMA Conference: Current SEC and PCAOB Developments.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Kevin Vaughn is a PwC National Office partner specializing in SEC reporting matters. Kevin leverages his extensive experience to support PwC public company and pre-IPO clients on accounting and SEC reporting matters. Prior to joining PwC in 2023, Kevin spent over 18 years at the SEC, most recently serving on the leadership team in the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant where he focused on technical accounting consultations, SEC rulemakings, and standard setting matters.

Scott Feely is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience supporting clients as they address the SEC and financial reporting implications of their capital markets and merger and acquisition-related activities.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18364212 Tue, 16 Dec 2025 11:00:00 -0500 3102 SEC comment letter trends full false SEC now: Segments 2025 comment letter trends SEC now: Segments 2025 comment letter trends We continue our SEC-focused series with a discussion of segment disclosures, reporting trends, and early comment letter themes emerging from the adoption of the new standard. In this episode, we explore common staff observations, including the role of the Chief Operating Decision Maker, or CODM; significant expense disclosures; and interplay with non-GAAP measures.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:46 – Why segment disclosures remain a top SEC focus
  • 8:04 – Early comment themes under the new standard
  • 15:14 – Multiple profit measures and non-GAAP considerations
  • 28:14 – How the SEC evaluates a company’s segment structure
  • 35:28 – Ongoing reassessment of impacts to segments

In case you missed it, check out the previous episodes in this SEC-focused series:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Kevin Vaughn is a PwC National Office partner specializing in SEC reporting matters. Kevin leverages his extensive experience to support PwC public company and pre-IPO clients on accounting and SEC reporting matters. Prior to joining PwC in 2023, Kevin spent over 18 years at the SEC, most recently serving on the leadership team in the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant where he focused on technical accounting consultations, SEC rulemakings, and standard setting matters.

Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 35 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, segment reporting, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our SEC-focused series with a discussion of segment disclosures, reporting trends, and early comment letter themes emerging from the adoption of the new standard. In this episode, we explore common staff observations, including the role of the Chief Operating Decision Maker, or CODM; significant expense disclosures; and interplay with non-GAAP measures.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:46 – Why segment disclosures remain a top SEC focus
  • 8:04 – Early comment themes under the new standard
  • 15:14 – Multiple profit measures and non-GAAP considerations
  • 28:14 – How the SEC evaluates a company’s segment structure
  • 35:28 – Ongoing reassessment of impacts to segments

In case you missed it, check out the previous episodes in this SEC-focused series:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Kevin Vaughn is a PwC National Office partner specializing in SEC reporting matters. Kevin leverages his extensive experience to support PwC public company and pre-IPO clients on accounting and SEC reporting matters. Prior to joining PwC in 2023, Kevin spent over 18 years at the SEC, most recently serving on the leadership team in the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant where he focused on technical accounting consultations, SEC rulemakings, and standard setting matters.

Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 35 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, segment reporting, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18325125 Tue, 09 Dec 2025 11:00:00 -0500 2745 sec reporting full false Sustainability now: Inside the GHG Protocol’s Scope 2 changes Sustainability now: Inside the GHG Protocol’s Scope 2 changes A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

The GHG Protocol has released its long-awaited proposed updates to the Scope 2 Guidance. In this episode, we highlight the key changes in the exposure draft, including proposed revisions to location-based and market-based reporting, hourly matching, emission factor hierarchies, and more. We also explore what these developments could mean for companies and how stakeholders can participate in the revision process.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:49 – Redefining the purpose for location-based and market-based reporting
  • 5:33 – The importance of the decision-making criteria
  • 6:56 – New emission factor hierarchy for location-based reporting
  • 14:30 – Shift toward hourly matching in the market-based method
  • 21:53 – Deliverability criteria and implications for renewable energy credits
  • 26:19 – Residual mix and fossil-only defaults for unclaimed energy
  • 32:45 – How companies can share feedback and next steps for the Scope 2 guidance

For more on the GHG Protocol’s exposure draft, see our publication, GHG Protocol announces Scope 2 Public Consultation, which was updated to indicate that the public consultation deadline was extended to January 31, 2026.

Check out our previous episodes for more on the GHG Protocol and GHG reporting:

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards. 

About our guest

Colin Powell is PwC Canada’s Technical Net Zero Leader. His work focuses on GHG quantification, life cycle assessment, target setting, and decarbonization strategies. He has helped companies measure over 1 billion tonnes of emissions and previously worked as a consultant supporting global clients in decarbonization. Colin sits on the GHG Protocol’s Scope 3 Working Group, helping shape updates to global standards. He is also a Professional Engineer (Ontario) with a PhD in wastewater treatment modeling.

About our host

Heather Hornis the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

The GHG Protocol has released its long-awaited proposed updates to the Scope 2 Guidance. In this episode, we highlight the key changes in the exposure draft, including proposed revisions to location-based and market-based reporting, hourly matching, emission factor hierarchies, and more. We also explore what these developments could mean for companies and how stakeholders can participate in the revision process.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:49 – Redefining the purpose for location-based and market-based reporting
  • 5:33 – The importance of the decision-making criteria
  • 6:56 – New emission factor hierarchy for location-based reporting
  • 14:30 – Shift toward hourly matching in the market-based method
  • 21:53 – Deliverability criteria and implications for renewable energy credits
  • 26:19 – Residual mix and fossil-only defaults for unclaimed energy
  • 32:45 – How companies can share feedback and next steps for the Scope 2 guidance

For more on the GHG Protocol’s exposure draft, see our publication, GHG Protocol announces Scope 2 Public Consultation, which was updated to indicate that the public consultation deadline was extended to January 31, 2026.

Check out our previous episodes for more on the GHG Protocol and GHG reporting:

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards. 

About our guest

Colin Powell is PwC Canada’s Technical Net Zero Leader. His work focuses on GHG quantification, life cycle assessment, target setting, and decarbonization strategies. He has helped companies measure over 1 billion tonnes of emissions and previously worked as a consultant supporting global clients in decarbonization. Colin sits on the GHG Protocol’s Scope 3 Working Group, helping shape updates to global standards. He is also a Professional Engineer (Ontario) with a PhD in wastewater treatment modeling.

About our host

Heather Hornis the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18298961 Thu, 04 Dec 2025 11:00:00 -0500 2424 esg, pwc esg full false SEC now: 2025 comment letter trends on transactions SEC now: 2025 comment letter trends on transactions We continue our SEC-focused series with a discussion on transaction-related matters, including IPOs, mergers and acquisitions, spinoffs, and divestitures. Our guests share insights into the SEC preclearance process and common SEC comment letter themes. Getting ahead of these issues can help avoid delays that may significantly impact deal timing and disclosures.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 3:56 – Overview of 2025 IPO and M&A market activity
  • 7:08 – SEC preclearance process and common issues
  • 19:59 – Typical transaction filing review comment letter themes
  • 32:49 – Final takeaways on anticipating and addressing SEC comments

For more information:

In case you missed it, check out the previous episodes in this SEC-focused series: 

For more on the SEC, listen to our recent episode on frequency of reporting, SEC to revisit quarterly reporting: Pros, cons, and what’s ahead. Also, check out our SEC reporting series from earlier this year where we take a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests, Katie Driessen, a partner in PwC’s National Office who assists companies with complex accounting and financial reporting issues related to capital markets transactions and Scott Feely, a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant with 30 years of experience supporting clients.

About our guest host, Kyle Moffatt, PwC’s Professional Practice leader who guides teams partnering with regulators and delivering influential thought leadership and educational materials.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our SEC-focused series with a discussion on transaction-related matters, including IPOs, mergers and acquisitions, spinoffs, and divestitures. Our guests share insights into the SEC preclearance process and common SEC comment letter themes. Getting ahead of these issues can help avoid delays that may significantly impact deal timing and disclosures.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 3:56 – Overview of 2025 IPO and M&A market activity
  • 7:08 – SEC preclearance process and common issues
  • 19:59 – Typical transaction filing review comment letter themes
  • 32:49 – Final takeaways on anticipating and addressing SEC comments

For more information:

In case you missed it, check out the previous episodes in this SEC-focused series: 

For more on the SEC, listen to our recent episode on frequency of reporting, SEC to revisit quarterly reporting: Pros, cons, and what’s ahead. Also, check out our SEC reporting series from earlier this year where we take a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests, Katie Driessen, a partner in PwC’s National Office who assists companies with complex accounting and financial reporting issues related to capital markets transactions and Scott Feely, a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant with 30 years of experience supporting clients.

About our guest host, Kyle Moffatt, PwC’s Professional Practice leader who guides teams partnering with regulators and delivering influential thought leadership and educational materials.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18287288 Tue, 02 Dec 2025 11:00:00 -0500 2217 sec reporting full false SEC now: Non-GAAP 2025 comment letter trends SEC now: Non-GAAP 2025 comment letter trends We continue our SEC-focused series with an episode on non-GAAP financial measures, commonly used by companies to supplement their financial statements and provide investors with a deeper understanding of their performance or financial condition. Given their importance, it’s been a top focus area for the SEC staff over the last several years, and we expect that trend to continue. We highlight common comment letter themes and share practical guidance for year-end reporting and comment letter responses.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:17 – Overview of non-GAAP measures 
  • 6:20 – SEC comment letter trends and recurring issues
  • 23:15– Possible shifts in focus under the new SEC administration
  • 27:35 – Year-end reminders and best practices for responding to SEC comments

In case you missed it, check out our first episode in this SEC-focused series: SEC now: Today’s landscape and recent developments.

For more on the SEC, listen to our recent episode on frequency of reporting, SEC to revisit quarterly reporting: Pros, cons, and what’s ahead. Also, check out our SEC reporting series from earlier this year where we take a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

Our guests are Kevin Vaughn, a PwC National Office partner specializing in SEC reporting matters, and John Ly, a PwC National Office managing director within the SEC & Capital Markets group.

Our host is Kyle Moffatt, PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our SEC-focused series with an episode on non-GAAP financial measures, commonly used by companies to supplement their financial statements and provide investors with a deeper understanding of their performance or financial condition. Given their importance, it’s been a top focus area for the SEC staff over the last several years, and we expect that trend to continue. We highlight common comment letter themes and share practical guidance for year-end reporting and comment letter responses.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:17 – Overview of non-GAAP measures 
  • 6:20 – SEC comment letter trends and recurring issues
  • 23:15– Possible shifts in focus under the new SEC administration
  • 27:35 – Year-end reminders and best practices for responding to SEC comments

In case you missed it, check out our first episode in this SEC-focused series: SEC now: Today’s landscape and recent developments.

For more on the SEC, listen to our recent episode on frequency of reporting, SEC to revisit quarterly reporting: Pros, cons, and what’s ahead. Also, check out our SEC reporting series from earlier this year where we take a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

Our guests are Kevin Vaughn, a PwC National Office partner specializing in SEC reporting matters, and John Ly, a PwC National Office managing director within the SEC & Capital Markets group.

Our host is Kyle Moffatt, PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> Buzzsprout-18252482 Tue, 25 Nov 2025 11:00:00 -0500 2210 sec reporting full false Sustainability now: Rethinking energy cost Sustainability now: Rethinking energy cost The levelized cost of electricity (LCOE) is a widely-cited metric used to compare the cost of energy from different power sources—but it’s often misunderstood and misused. This week, host Heather Horn is joined by Karl Hausker, Senior Fellow at the World Resources Institute’s Polsky Center for the Global Energy Transition, to cover what LCOE really measures, why it’s not the full story, and how it fits into the broader effort to decarbonize the power sector. Together, they explore what companies and regulators should consider when evaluating clean energy investments and transition plans.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 5:23 – What LCOE measures—and what it misses
  • 11:29 – Why LCOE shouldn’t drive policy decisions
  • 25:20 – Implications for companies and scope 2 emissions
  • 31:41 – The future energy mix

As referenced in this episode, explore Karl Hausker’s companion slides for more information.

At the time of recording, the GHG Protocol exposure drafts on scope 2 had not yet been released. Check out GHG Protocol announces Scope 2 Public Consultation for more information.

Looking for more on GHG and sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Dr. Karl Hausker is a Senior Fellow in the WRI Polsky Center for the Global Energy Transition. He leads analysis and modeling of climate mitigation, electricity market design, and the social cost of carbon. He testifies before Congress, lectures widely on deep decarbonization, and served as an expert reviewer for Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> The levelized cost of electricity (LCOE) is a widely-cited metric used to compare the cost of energy from different power sources—but it’s often misunderstood and misused. This week, host Heather Horn is joined by Karl Hausker, Senior Fellow at the World Resources Institute’s Polsky Center for the Global Energy Transition, to cover what LCOE really measures, why it’s not the full story, and how it fits into the broader effort to decarbonize the power sector. Together, they explore what companies and regulators should consider when evaluating clean energy investments and transition plans.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 5:23 – What LCOE measures—and what it misses
  • 11:29 – Why LCOE shouldn’t drive policy decisions
  • 25:20 – Implications for companies and scope 2 emissions
  • 31:41 – The future energy mix

As referenced in this episode, explore Karl Hausker’s companion slides for more information.

At the time of recording, the GHG Protocol exposure drafts on scope 2 had not yet been released. Check out GHG Protocol announces Scope 2 Public Consultation for more information.

Looking for more on GHG and sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Dr. Karl Hausker is a Senior Fellow in the WRI Polsky Center for the Global Energy Transition. He leads analysis and modeling of climate mitigation, electricity market design, and the social cost of carbon. He testifies before Congress, lectures widely on deep decarbonization, and served as an expert reviewer for Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18224418 Thu, 20 Nov 2025 11:00:00 -0500 2277 esg, pwc esg full false Sustainability now: Modernizing the GHG Protocol Sustainability now: Modernizing the GHG Protocol A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, we take a closer look at the modernization of the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol and its implications for sustainability reporting with a member of the GHG Protocol’s Independent Standards Board, Paul Munter. Paul shares insights on the evolving governance structure, the newly released scope 2 guidance, and the growing importance of interoperability in global sustainability reporting.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:58 – What’s driving the modernization of GHG Protocol standards
  • 3:31 – The governance model, including the role of the Independent Standards Board
  • 9:06 – Highlights of the scope 2 public consultation and the importance of stakeholder feedback
  • 17:46 – Interoperability with other sustainability reporting frameworks
  • 21:36 – Updates under review for the Corporate Standard and the Scope 3 Standard
  • 26:40 – What companies can be doing now to prepare for upcoming changes
  • 32:27 – The role of boards and audit committees in overseeing emissions reporting

For more on the GHG Protocol’s recent exposure draft and the overall timeline for its revision process, check out our publication, GHG Protocol announces Scope 2 Public Consultation.

To explore additional insights on GHG reporting, see: 

About our guest

Paul Munter is currently a member of the Independent Standards Board of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol. He served as the Chief Accountant at the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission from 2021 – 2025. During much of that time, he also served as Chair of the Monitoring Group and as Vice Chair and Chair of IOSCO’s Committee on Issuer Accounting, Audit and Disclosure. Prior to that, he served the SEC as Deputy Chief Accountant from 2019 - 2021, leading the Office of the Chief Accountant’s international work.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a sustainability partner in the Professional Practice Group within the National Office. Diana helps to shape our firm’s perspective on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Diana was previously the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) of the Professional Practice Group in the OCA at the SEC. She focused on providing guidance related to auditing, independence, and internal controls.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, we take a closer look at the modernization of the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol and its implications for sustainability reporting with a member of the GHG Protocol’s Independent Standards Board, Paul Munter. Paul shares insights on the evolving governance structure, the newly released scope 2 guidance, and the growing importance of interoperability in global sustainability reporting.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:58 – What’s driving the modernization of GHG Protocol standards
  • 3:31 – The governance model, including the role of the Independent Standards Board
  • 9:06 – Highlights of the scope 2 public consultation and the importance of stakeholder feedback
  • 17:46 – Interoperability with other sustainability reporting frameworks
  • 21:36 – Updates under review for the Corporate Standard and the Scope 3 Standard
  • 26:40 – What companies can be doing now to prepare for upcoming changes
  • 32:27 – The role of boards and audit committees in overseeing emissions reporting

For more on the GHG Protocol’s recent exposure draft and the overall timeline for its revision process, check out our publication, GHG Protocol announces Scope 2 Public Consultation.

To explore additional insights on GHG reporting, see: 

About our guest

Paul Munter is currently a member of the Independent Standards Board of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol. He served as the Chief Accountant at the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission from 2021 – 2025. During much of that time, he also served as Chair of the Monitoring Group and as Vice Chair and Chair of IOSCO’s Committee on Issuer Accounting, Audit and Disclosure. Prior to that, he served the SEC as Deputy Chief Accountant from 2019 - 2021, leading the Office of the Chief Accountant’s international work.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a sustainability partner in the Professional Practice Group within the National Office. Diana helps to shape our firm’s perspective on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Diana was previously the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) of the Professional Practice Group in the OCA at the SEC. She focused on providing guidance related to auditing, independence, and internal controls.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18184811 Thu, 13 Nov 2025 11:00:00 -0500 2245 esg, pwc esg full false FASB's new software cost guidance FASB's new software cost guidance In this episode, we explore the FASB’s new software cost guidance and its impact on accounting for internal‑use software—what’s in scope, how to evaluate the revised capitalization criteria, the effective date and transition, and other key changes. We also take a deeper dive into AI‑related software development.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:00 – Background and scope on the FASB’s new ASU on internal-use software costs
  • 11:10 – Capitalization criteria, including “significant development uncertainty”
  • 20:38 – Examples of evaluating “significant development uncertainty”
  • 30:50 – Other insights and updates related to the software costs guidance
  • 34:00 – Effective date of the ASU and transition methods
  • 37:41 – Accounting considerations for AI-related software development

For more: FASB updates software cost guidance, Software costs guide

Also, be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In this episode, we explore the FASB’s new software cost guidance and its impact on accounting for internal‑use software—what’s in scope, how to evaluate the revised capitalization criteria, the effective date and transition, and other key changes. We also take a deeper dive into AI‑related software development.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:00 – Background and scope on the FASB’s new ASU on internal-use software costs
  • 11:10 – Capitalization criteria, including “significant development uncertainty”
  • 20:38 – Examples of evaluating “significant development uncertainty”
  • 30:50 – Other insights and updates related to the software costs guidance
  • 34:00 – Effective date of the ASU and transition methods
  • 37:41 – Accounting considerations for AI-related software development

For more: FASB updates software cost guidance, Software costs guide

Also, be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18171521 Tue, 11 Nov 2025 11:00:00 -0500 2943 software costs full false SEC to revisit quarterly reporting: Pros, cons, and what’s ahead SEC to revisit quarterly reporting: Pros, cons, and what’s ahead A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

The SEC is revisiting how often public companies report, weighing a shift from required quarterly Form 10‑Qs to a semiannual cadence. We explore what’s driving the debate and the implications for companies, investors, and markets.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:55 – Why the SEC is revisiting quarterly reporting now and how we got here
  • 12:13 – Pros and cons of moving to semiannual reporting
  • 19:32 – Global and industry-specific trends in interim reporting
  • 22:44 – Practical and operational implications of shifting to semiannual reporting
  • 29:10 – SEC rulemaking process and potential next steps
  • 31:57 – FASB’s role in interim disclosure standard setting

For more on current interim reporting requirements, see chapter 29 of our Financial statement presentation guide. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Tom Barbieri is PwC’s US Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience advising large financial services and multinational corporations on complex accounting issues. Tom leads the Accounting & SEC Services Group within the National Office, which is focused on supporting our clients and engagement teams in navigating complex technical accounting and financial reporting matters. He is also a member of the Financial Accounting Standards Advisory Council.

John Vanosdall is a partner in PwC’s National Office focused on digital assets, revenue, and compensation arrangements. John previously served as both a Deputy Chief Accountant and Professional Accounting Fellow in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC. Prior to re-joining the National Office, he served as the firm’s Accounting Advisory Leader. John has over 20 years of experience and has served some of the firm’s largest clients as a client service partner.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

The SEC is revisiting how often public companies report, weighing a shift from required quarterly Form 10‑Qs to a semiannual cadence. We explore what’s driving the debate and the implications for companies, investors, and markets.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:55 – Why the SEC is revisiting quarterly reporting now and how we got here
  • 12:13 – Pros and cons of moving to semiannual reporting
  • 19:32 – Global and industry-specific trends in interim reporting
  • 22:44 – Practical and operational implications of shifting to semiannual reporting
  • 29:10 – SEC rulemaking process and potential next steps
  • 31:57 – FASB’s role in interim disclosure standard setting

For more on current interim reporting requirements, see chapter 29 of our Financial statement presentation guide. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Tom Barbieri is PwC’s US Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience advising large financial services and multinational corporations on complex accounting issues. Tom leads the Accounting & SEC Services Group within the National Office, which is focused on supporting our clients and engagement teams in navigating complex technical accounting and financial reporting matters. He is also a member of the Financial Accounting Standards Advisory Council.

John Vanosdall is a partner in PwC’s National Office focused on digital assets, revenue, and compensation arrangements. John previously served as both a Deputy Chief Accountant and Professional Accounting Fellow in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC. Prior to re-joining the National Office, he served as the firm’s Accounting Advisory Leader. John has over 20 years of experience and has served some of the firm’s largest clients as a client service partner.

About our guest host

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18131507 Tue, 04 Nov 2025 11:00:00 -0500 2221 interim reporting full false Sustainability now: GHG reporting trends and challenges Sustainability now: GHG reporting trends and challenges A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

Greenhouse gas (GHG) reporting continues to evolve, with companies facing increasing complexity in navigating frameworks, data quality, and materiality. In this episode, we explore recurring themes and practical challenges in GHG disclosures—from organizational boundaries to the role of renewable energy credits (RECs)—with insights from our specialists deeply engaged in global sustainability reporting.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:22 – GHG reporting landscape and regulatory shifts
  • 5:01 – Materiality, alignment with financial reporting, and minimum boundaries
  • 23:48 – Organizational boundaries and key decisions companies are facing
  • 31:35 – Scope 2 renewable energy certificates: timing, location, and use
  • 43:00 – Systems, tools, and data quality, including preparing for reporting and assurance

Looking for more on GHG and sustainability reporting?

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability reporting.

About our guests

Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner with 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. He’s focused within the National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

Colin Powell PwC Canada’s Technical Net Zero Leader, specializes in GHG quantification, life cycle assessment, target setting, and decarbonization strategies. Colin is a Professional Engineer with a PhD in wastewater treatment modeling and has helped companies measure over 1 billion tonnes of GHG emissions while advising global clients on decarbonization. He sits on the GHG Protocol’s Scope 3 Working Group, shaping global standards.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. She's also part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

Greenhouse gas (GHG) reporting continues to evolve, with companies facing increasing complexity in navigating frameworks, data quality, and materiality. In this episode, we explore recurring themes and practical challenges in GHG disclosures—from organizational boundaries to the role of renewable energy credits (RECs)—with insights from our specialists deeply engaged in global sustainability reporting.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:22 – GHG reporting landscape and regulatory shifts
  • 5:01 – Materiality, alignment with financial reporting, and minimum boundaries
  • 23:48 – Organizational boundaries and key decisions companies are facing
  • 31:35 – Scope 2 renewable energy certificates: timing, location, and use
  • 43:00 – Systems, tools, and data quality, including preparing for reporting and assurance

Looking for more on GHG and sustainability reporting?

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability reporting.

About our guests

Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner with 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. He’s focused within the National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

Colin Powell PwC Canada’s Technical Net Zero Leader, specializes in GHG quantification, life cycle assessment, target setting, and decarbonization strategies. Colin is a Professional Engineer with a PhD in wastewater treatment modeling and has helped companies measure over 1 billion tonnes of GHG emissions while advising global clients on decarbonization. He sits on the GHG Protocol’s Scope 3 Working Group, shaping global standards.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. She's also part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18105764 Thu, 30 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0400 3040 esg, pwc esg full false Going for a spin: Accounting and reporting for spinoffs Going for a spin: Accounting and reporting for spinoffs In today’s episode, we unpack the complexities of spinoff transactions and their accounting implications. From identifying spinoffs to addressing key financial reporting considerations, our guests share practical guidance and insights for companies planning or evaluating these strategic moves.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:12 – Overview of spinoff transactions
  • 9:08 – Accounting and reporting considerations for spinoff transactions
  • 23:56 – Post-spin accounting considerations for the spinnor
  • 27:50 – Final advice for a company planning a spinoff

For more on spinoffs, read our Financial statement presentation and Carve out financial statements guides. You can also tune in to last week’s episode, Sale of a business – Held for sale criteria, disc ops, and more, for further discussion on the presentation of discontinued operations.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office who helps clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, consolidations, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.

Katie Driessen is a partner in PwC’s National Office where she assists companies with complex accounting and financial reporting issues related to capital markets transactions, including acquisitions, divestitures, and capital raises. Katie recently returned to PwC following two years working in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In today’s episode, we unpack the complexities of spinoff transactions and their accounting implications. From identifying spinoffs to addressing key financial reporting considerations, our guests share practical guidance and insights for companies planning or evaluating these strategic moves.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:12 – Overview of spinoff transactions
  • 9:08 – Accounting and reporting considerations for spinoff transactions
  • 23:56 – Post-spin accounting considerations for the spinnor
  • 27:50 – Final advice for a company planning a spinoff

For more on spinoffs, read our Financial statement presentation and Carve out financial statements guides. You can also tune in to last week’s episode, Sale of a business – Held for sale criteria, disc ops, and more, for further discussion on the presentation of discontinued operations.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office who helps clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, consolidations, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.

Katie Driessen is a partner in PwC’s National Office where she assists companies with complex accounting and financial reporting issues related to capital markets transactions, including acquisitions, divestitures, and capital raises. Katie recently returned to PwC following two years working in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18089972 Tue, 28 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0400 1844 spinoffs full false Sustainability now: Inside the GHG Protocol’s scope 3 update Sustainability now: Inside the GHG Protocol’s scope 3 update A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, host Heather Horn is joined by Colin Powell, a PwC Canada partner and member of the GHG Protocol’s Scope 3 Standard Technical Working Group. They discuss key areas for change under consideration, including minimum boundaries and data quality disclosures, as well as what these updates could mean for the future of sustainability reporting. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:12 – Overview of the Scope 3 Technical Working Group and the current areas of focus
  • 12:36 – Minimum boundaries, data quality, and feasibility
  • 30:39 – Category 15 (Investments), plus facilitated and insurance emissions
  • 35:55 – Timeline for the revised Scope 3 Standard and why companies should engage now
  • 44:56 – Final takeaways on the evolving scope 3 landscape

At the time of recording, the GHG Protocol exposure drafts on scope 2 had not yet been released. Check out GHG Protocol announces Scope 2 Public Consultations for more information.

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Colin Powell is PwC Canada’s Technical Net Zero Leader. His work focuses on GHG quantification, life cycle assessment across many impact categories, GHG target setting, and developing decarbonization strategies. He has supported companies in quantifying over 1 billion tonnes of GHG emissions and worked previously as a consultant supporting global clients to understand their GHG emissions and how they can decarbonize. Colin sits on the GHG Protocol’s Scope 3 Technical Working Group, helping to shape the revision of the global standards used to account for GHG emissions. Colin is also a Professional Engineer (Ontario) and holds a PhD in wastewater treatment modeling.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, host Heather Horn is joined by Colin Powell, a PwC Canada partner and member of the GHG Protocol’s Scope 3 Standard Technical Working Group. They discuss key areas for change under consideration, including minimum boundaries and data quality disclosures, as well as what these updates could mean for the future of sustainability reporting. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:12 – Overview of the Scope 3 Technical Working Group and the current areas of focus
  • 12:36 – Minimum boundaries, data quality, and feasibility
  • 30:39 – Category 15 (Investments), plus facilitated and insurance emissions
  • 35:55 – Timeline for the revised Scope 3 Standard and why companies should engage now
  • 44:56 – Final takeaways on the evolving scope 3 landscape

At the time of recording, the GHG Protocol exposure drafts on scope 2 had not yet been released. Check out GHG Protocol announces Scope 2 Public Consultations for more information.

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Colin Powell is PwC Canada’s Technical Net Zero Leader. His work focuses on GHG quantification, life cycle assessment across many impact categories, GHG target setting, and developing decarbonization strategies. He has supported companies in quantifying over 1 billion tonnes of GHG emissions and worked previously as a consultant supporting global clients to understand their GHG emissions and how they can decarbonize. Colin sits on the GHG Protocol’s Scope 3 Technical Working Group, helping to shape the revision of the global standards used to account for GHG emissions. Colin is also a Professional Engineer (Ontario) and holds a PhD in wastewater treatment modeling.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> Buzzsprout-18063760 Thu, 23 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0400 2923 esg, pwc esg full false Sale of a business – Held for sale criteria, disc ops, and more Sale of a business – Held for sale criteria, disc ops, and more In today’s episode, we explore the accounting implications of selling a business—an increasingly relevant topic in today’s market. From initial considerations through the final disposition, we break down key accounting judgments, classification, and presentation requirements.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:32 – Held-for-sale criteria
  • 14:00 – Accounting implications of held-for-sale classification
  • 19:25 – Accounting for the gain or loss on the sale of a business 
  • 25:50 – Discontinued operations criteria
  • 33:00 – Discontinued operations presentation requirements

For more information, check out chapter 6 of our Property, plant, equipment and other assets guide, chapter 8  and 27 of our Financial statement presentation guide. Also, listen to our previous podcast episode, Presenting discontinued operations.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office who helps clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, consolidations, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.

Katie Driessen is a partner in PwC’s National Office where she assists companies with complex accounting and financial reporting issues related to capital markets transactions, including acquisitions, divestitures, and capital raises. Katie recently returned to PwC following two years working in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In today’s episode, we explore the accounting implications of selling a business—an increasingly relevant topic in today’s market. From initial considerations through the final disposition, we break down key accounting judgments, classification, and presentation requirements.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:32 – Held-for-sale criteria
  • 14:00 – Accounting implications of held-for-sale classification
  • 19:25 – Accounting for the gain or loss on the sale of a business 
  • 25:50 – Discontinued operations criteria
  • 33:00 – Discontinued operations presentation requirements

For more information, check out chapter 6 of our Property, plant, equipment and other assets guide, chapter 8  and 27 of our Financial statement presentation guide. Also, listen to our previous podcast episode, Presenting discontinued operations.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office who helps clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, consolidations, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.

Katie Driessen is a partner in PwC’s National Office where she assists companies with complex accounting and financial reporting issues related to capital markets transactions, including acquisitions, divestitures, and capital raises. Katie recently returned to PwC following two years working in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> Buzzsprout-18051210 Tue, 21 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0400 2393 business combinations full false Sustainability now: Transition plans meet business strategy Sustainability now: Transition plans meet business strategy A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, host Heather Horn sat down with Mardi McBrien, Senior Director at the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD), during New York Climate Week to discuss the evolving world of sustainability reporting. The conversation covers how companies are navigating fragmented frameworks, the growing importance of transition plans, and the movement toward greater simplification and integration of reporting. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:15 – The role of the WBCSD and the focus on corporate performance
  • 7:24 – Challenges companies face in a compliance-driven reporting environment
  • 12:28 – Breaking down silos across functions and topics and integrating sustainability into strategy
  • 24:15 – Transition plans and the credibility of business strategies
  • 29:00 – Global baseline progress and alignment across reporting frameworks
  • 41:22 – Key themes from the New York Climate Week

As mentioned in today’s podcast, check out When less equals more: rethinking sustainability reporting for insights from the roundtable discussion on the sustainability reporting landscape hosted by the WBCSD, London Stock Exchange Group, and Principles for Responsible Investment.

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.

About our guest

Mardi McBrien is Senior Director, Enhancing Transparency, Corporate Performance & Accountability (CP&A) at the World Business Council for Sustainable Development. Mardi leads the Enhancing Transparency Track, a key initiative that supports members in navigating complex regulatory developments, delivering transparent and decision-useful reporting, and fostering long-term value creation. Mardi brings a wealth of expertise with over 15 years of leadership in sustainability disclosure and reporting. Most recently, she served as the Chief of Strategic Affairs and Capacity Building at the IFRS Foundation.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, host Heather Horn sat down with Mardi McBrien, Senior Director at the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD), during New York Climate Week to discuss the evolving world of sustainability reporting. The conversation covers how companies are navigating fragmented frameworks, the growing importance of transition plans, and the movement toward greater simplification and integration of reporting. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:15 – The role of the WBCSD and the focus on corporate performance
  • 7:24 – Challenges companies face in a compliance-driven reporting environment
  • 12:28 – Breaking down silos across functions and topics and integrating sustainability into strategy
  • 24:15 – Transition plans and the credibility of business strategies
  • 29:00 – Global baseline progress and alignment across reporting frameworks
  • 41:22 – Key themes from the New York Climate Week

As mentioned in today’s podcast, check out When less equals more: rethinking sustainability reporting for insights from the roundtable discussion on the sustainability reporting landscape hosted by the WBCSD, London Stock Exchange Group, and Principles for Responsible Investment.

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.

About our guest

Mardi McBrien is Senior Director, Enhancing Transparency, Corporate Performance & Accountability (CP&A) at the World Business Council for Sustainable Development. Mardi leads the Enhancing Transparency Track, a key initiative that supports members in navigating complex regulatory developments, delivering transparent and decision-useful reporting, and fostering long-term value creation. Mardi brings a wealth of expertise with over 15 years of leadership in sustainability disclosure and reporting. Most recently, she served as the Chief of Strategic Affairs and Capacity Building at the IFRS Foundation.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18023118 Thu, 16 Oct 2025 12:00:00 -0400 2835 esg, pwc esg full false Crypto assets – Accounting for stablecoins, staking, and lending Crypto assets – Accounting for stablecoins, staking, and lending In this episode of our crypto asset mini-series, we explore common transaction types—stablecoins, staking, and lending. The discussion addresses the accounting, including how contract terms and fact patterns can significantly influence the appropriate accounting model.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:17 – Overview of stablecoins, including the impact of the GENIUS Act
  • 9:01 – Accounting for stablecoins
  • 15:50 – Overview of staking and the accounting by delegators
  • 24:14 – Accounting for crypto asset lending transactions

For more information, see our Crypto assets guide. You can also listen to the previous episode in this series, Crypto assets – Accounting and reporting foundations.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. She has over 30 years of experience consulting with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters.

John Vanosdall is a partner in PwC’s National Office focused on digital assets, revenue, and compensation arrangements. John previously served as both a Deputy Chief Accountant and Professional Accounting Fellow in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC. Prior to re-joining the National Office, he served as the firm’s Accounting Advisory Leader. John has over 20 years of experience and has served some of the firm’s largest clients as a client service partner.

Ryan Blacker is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the accounting for business combinations and crypto assets. Ryan consults with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting and financial reporting matters related to these topics.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In this episode of our crypto asset mini-series, we explore common transaction types—stablecoins, staking, and lending. The discussion addresses the accounting, including how contract terms and fact patterns can significantly influence the appropriate accounting model.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:17 – Overview of stablecoins, including the impact of the GENIUS Act
  • 9:01 – Accounting for stablecoins
  • 15:50 – Overview of staking and the accounting by delegators
  • 24:14 – Accounting for crypto asset lending transactions

For more information, see our Crypto assets guide. You can also listen to the previous episode in this series, Crypto assets – Accounting and reporting foundations.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. She has over 30 years of experience consulting with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters.

John Vanosdall is a partner in PwC’s National Office focused on digital assets, revenue, and compensation arrangements. John previously served as both a Deputy Chief Accountant and Professional Accounting Fellow in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC. Prior to re-joining the National Office, he served as the firm’s Accounting Advisory Leader. John has over 20 years of experience and has served some of the firm’s largest clients as a client service partner.

Ryan Blacker is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the accounting for business combinations and crypto assets. Ryan consults with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting and financial reporting matters related to these topics.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-18011984 Tue, 14 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0400 1937 crypto full false Crypto assets – Accounting and reporting foundations Crypto assets – Accounting and reporting foundations Crypto assets are rapidly evolving – and so is the accounting and financial reporting. In this episode, we explore regulatory trends and market developments, including new FASB guidance.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:22 – Market trends, regulatory shifts, and financial reporting developments 
  • 6:10 – Key developments from the SEC on crypto
  • 9:44 – Accounting classification of crypto assets
  • 11:55 – Key provisions of the FASB’s crypto assets guidance
  • 23:12 – Fair value measurement considerations

For more information, see our Crypto assets guide. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. She has over 30 years of experience consulting with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters.

John Vanosdall is a partner in PwC’s National Office focused on digital assets, revenue, and compensation arrangements.  John previously served as both a Deputy Chief Accountant and Professional Accounting Fellow in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC. Prior to re-joining the National Office, he served as the firm’s Accounting Advisory Leader. John has over 20 years of experience and has served some of the firm’s largest clients as a client service partner.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> Crypto assets are rapidly evolving – and so is the accounting and financial reporting. In this episode, we explore regulatory trends and market developments, including new FASB guidance.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:22 – Market trends, regulatory shifts, and financial reporting developments 
  • 6:10 – Key developments from the SEC on crypto
  • 9:44 – Accounting classification of crypto assets
  • 11:55 – Key provisions of the FASB’s crypto assets guidance
  • 23:12 – Fair value measurement considerations

For more information, see our Crypto assets guide. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. She has over 30 years of experience consulting with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters.

John Vanosdall is a partner in PwC’s National Office focused on digital assets, revenue, and compensation arrangements.  John previously served as both a Deputy Chief Accountant and Professional Accounting Fellow in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC. Prior to re-joining the National Office, he served as the firm’s Accounting Advisory Leader. John has over 20 years of experience and has served some of the firm’s largest clients as a client service partner.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17971206 Tue, 07 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0400 1770 crypto full false The global impact of Europe’s accounting evolution The global impact of Europe’s accounting evolution A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

This week, host Heather Horn is joined by Eelco van der Enden, CEO of Accountancy Europe. In this episode, we explore the fast-changing reporting and assurance landscape across Europe, including sustainability reporting and broader regulatory shifts. We examine the forces driving simplification, cross-border alignment, and the future of the accounting profession—and what it all means for companies operating in or doing business with the EU.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:55 – The evolving role of Accountancy Europe and how it engages with EU institutions
  • 3:35 – Broader forces shaping Europe’s reporting and investment landscape
  • 14:55 – Bridging the knowledge gap between the profession, policymakers, and society
  • 30:18 – Advice for US companies navigating EU sustainability regulations
  • 33:19 – Accountancy Europe’s Purpose 2030 project and industry benchmarking efforts
  • 35:35 – AI, digitalization, and their implications for the accounting profession
  • 42:05 – Global collaboration, talent attraction, and simplifying regulation

About our guest

Eelco van der Enden is the CEO of Accountancy Europe. He brings over 35 years of experience in business and civil society organizations. Until December 2024, Eelco served as chief executive officer of the Global Reporting Initiative where he led the organisation through groundbreaking changes in sustainability reporting. Eelco previously headed PwC's Global ESG Platform for Tax, Legal, People & Organization Services and has held several senior positions in publicly listed companies, including roles as Head of Treasury, Risk Management, and Tax.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

This week, host Heather Horn is joined by Eelco van der Enden, CEO of Accountancy Europe. In this episode, we explore the fast-changing reporting and assurance landscape across Europe, including sustainability reporting and broader regulatory shifts. We examine the forces driving simplification, cross-border alignment, and the future of the accounting profession—and what it all means for companies operating in or doing business with the EU.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:55 – The evolving role of Accountancy Europe and how it engages with EU institutions
  • 3:35 – Broader forces shaping Europe’s reporting and investment landscape
  • 14:55 – Bridging the knowledge gap between the profession, policymakers, and society
  • 30:18 – Advice for US companies navigating EU sustainability regulations
  • 33:19 – Accountancy Europe’s Purpose 2030 project and industry benchmarking efforts
  • 35:35 – AI, digitalization, and their implications for the accounting profession
  • 42:05 – Global collaboration, talent attraction, and simplifying regulation

About our guest

Eelco van der Enden is the CEO of Accountancy Europe. He brings over 35 years of experience in business and civil society organizations. Until December 2024, Eelco served as chief executive officer of the Global Reporting Initiative where he led the organisation through groundbreaking changes in sustainability reporting. Eelco previously headed PwC's Global ESG Platform for Tax, Legal, People & Organization Services and has held several senior positions in publicly listed companies, including roles as Head of Treasury, Risk Management, and Tax.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> Buzzsprout-17946086 Thu, 02 Oct 2025 11:00:00 -0400 3199 EU sustainability reporting full false Sustainability now: Proposed changes to EU reporting standards Sustainability now: Proposed changes to EU reporting standards A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, we continue our series on the European Commission’s Omnibus package with a September update that focuses on the proposed amendments to the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS). We explore how the changes aim to simplify reporting, reduce disclosure burdens, and enhance interoperability, and we highlight key implications for companies preparing sustainability statements.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:22 – The European Commission’s Omnibus package and mandate for ESRS changes
  • 5:50 – Overview of changes made to the ESRS
  • 9:10 – Updates to ESRS 1 and 2: reducing duplication, increasing flexibility
  • 20:10 – Clarifying reporting boundaries, including leases and GHG emissions
  • 34:40 – Interoperability with ISSB standards and where ESRS diverge
  • 37:42 – Next steps in the amendment process and what companies should do now

Get caught up on the EU Omnibus package:

Looking for more on sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, we continue our series on the European Commission’s Omnibus package with a September update that focuses on the proposed amendments to the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS). We explore how the changes aim to simplify reporting, reduce disclosure burdens, and enhance interoperability, and we highlight key implications for companies preparing sustainability statements.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:22 – The European Commission’s Omnibus package and mandate for ESRS changes
  • 5:50 – Overview of changes made to the ESRS
  • 9:10 – Updates to ESRS 1 and 2: reducing duplication, increasing flexibility
  • 20:10 – Clarifying reporting boundaries, including leases and GHG emissions
  • 34:40 – Interoperability with ISSB standards and where ESRS diverge
  • 37:42 – Next steps in the amendment process and what companies should do now

Get caught up on the EU Omnibus package:

Looking for more on sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17932909 Tue, 30 Sep 2025 11:00:00 -0400 2599 esg, pwc esg full false Sustainability now: Where sustainability and strategy meet Sustainability now: Where sustainability and strategy meet A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, we explore insights from PwC’s Global Sustainability Reporting Survey featuring nearly 500 executives worldwide. Recorded during New York City Climate Week, the conversation highlights how companies are using sustainability data to drive strategy, respond to stakeholder pressure, and prepare for evolving regulations.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:14 – Key takeaways from New York City Climate Week
  • 3:40 – Overview of PwC’s Global Sustainability Reporting Survey and its purpose
  • 8:42 – How companies are using sustainability data to inform risk, resilience, and opportunity
  • 11:14 – Lessons from early reporters: tech adoption, resource needs, and AI use
  • 14:14 – The demand for transparency

Looking for more on PwC’s 2025 Global Sustainability Reporting Survey? Check out From insight to value: The sustainability reporting journey continues

About our guest

Nadja Picard is PwC’s Global Reporting Leader. She leads PwC’s initiative to help clients transform their reporting both to meet investor and stakeholder demands for trusted reporting and to unlock business value from new data sets, including sustainability. Nadja also advises companies on the accounting, corporate reporting, and investor relations requirements in advance of capital markets transactions, especially Initial Public Offerings.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, we explore insights from PwC’s Global Sustainability Reporting Survey featuring nearly 500 executives worldwide. Recorded during New York City Climate Week, the conversation highlights how companies are using sustainability data to drive strategy, respond to stakeholder pressure, and prepare for evolving regulations.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:14 – Key takeaways from New York City Climate Week
  • 3:40 – Overview of PwC’s Global Sustainability Reporting Survey and its purpose
  • 8:42 – How companies are using sustainability data to inform risk, resilience, and opportunity
  • 11:14 – Lessons from early reporters: tech adoption, resource needs, and AI use
  • 14:14 – The demand for transparency

Looking for more on PwC’s 2025 Global Sustainability Reporting Survey? Check out From insight to value: The sustainability reporting journey continues

About our guest

Nadja Picard is PwC’s Global Reporting Leader. She leads PwC’s initiative to help clients transform their reporting both to meet investor and stakeholder demands for trusted reporting and to unlock business value from new data sets, including sustainability. Nadja also advises companies on the accounting, corporate reporting, and investor relations requirements in advance of capital markets transactions, especially Initial Public Offerings.

About our guest host

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> Buzzsprout-17905751 Thu, 25 Sep 2025 11:00:00 -0400 1256 esg, pwc esg full false PCAOB changes ahead – What they mean for auditors and preparers PCAOB changes ahead – What they mean for auditors and preparers Significant developments are underway at the PCAOB. In this episode, we provide an overview on the latest changes, what’s on the horizon, and the potential implications for preparers. Our guest is Brian Croteau, PwC’s US Chief Auditor, who leads our team that follows all things PCAOB. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 3:14 – A historical perspective on the PCAOB
  • 10:01 – Leadership changes at the SEC and PCAOB
  • 21:05 – Standard setting projects and priorities
  • 33:05 – Standard setting related to emerging technologies (e.g., AI, crypto)
  • 37:28 – Potential changes to the PCAOB’s inspection program 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guest 

Brian Croteau is the US Chief Auditor. He oversees the establishment and maintenance of PwC’s audit policies and practices, leads efforts to directly support PwC’s audit quality objectives, and plays a key role in the monitoring and assessment of audit quality. He also leads the firm’s efforts related to its relationship with the PCAOB, including supporting all aspects of the PCAOB’s inspection process. Brian currently serves as a member of the PCAOB’s Standards and Emerging Issues Advisory Group (SEIAG) and the SEIAG’s Emerging Issues in Auditing subcommittee. Prior to rejoining PwC, he served as the Deputy Chief Accountant of the Professional Practice Group within the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC where he played a key role in the SEC’s oversight of the activities of the PCAOB, managed the resolution of auditor independence issues and ethical matters, and monitored audit and independence standard setting internationally. 

About our guest host 

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> Significant developments are underway at the PCAOB. In this episode, we provide an overview on the latest changes, what’s on the horizon, and the potential implications for preparers. Our guest is Brian Croteau, PwC’s US Chief Auditor, who leads our team that follows all things PCAOB. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 3:14 – A historical perspective on the PCAOB
  • 10:01 – Leadership changes at the SEC and PCAOB
  • 21:05 – Standard setting projects and priorities
  • 33:05 – Standard setting related to emerging technologies (e.g., AI, crypto)
  • 37:28 – Potential changes to the PCAOB’s inspection program 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guest 

Brian Croteau is the US Chief Auditor. He oversees the establishment and maintenance of PwC’s audit policies and practices, leads efforts to directly support PwC’s audit quality objectives, and plays a key role in the monitoring and assessment of audit quality. He also leads the firm’s efforts related to its relationship with the PCAOB, including supporting all aspects of the PCAOB’s inspection process. Brian currently serves as a member of the PCAOB’s Standards and Emerging Issues Advisory Group (SEIAG) and the SEIAG’s Emerging Issues in Auditing subcommittee. Prior to rejoining PwC, he served as the Deputy Chief Accountant of the Professional Practice Group within the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC where he played a key role in the SEC’s oversight of the activities of the PCAOB, managed the resolution of auditor independence issues and ethical matters, and monitored audit and independence standard setting internationally. 

About our guest host 

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17892825 Tue, 23 Sep 2025 11:00:00 -0400 2971 PCAOB full false Accounting for US tax reform - One Big Beautiful Bill Act and more Accounting for US tax reform - One Big Beautiful Bill Act and more As sweeping US tax reform takes effect in 2025, corporate taxpayers face important changes. These include extensions of and modifications to key Tax Cuts & Jobs Act (TCJA) provisions as well as expansion of some Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) incentives while accelerating the phase-out of others. In this episode we provide an overview of the key corporate provisions and dive into the related accounting and financial reporting implications. In this episode, we discuss:

  • 3:24 – Extensions and modifications of TCJA domestic tax laws
  • 13:42 – Extensions and modifications of TCJA international tax laws
  • 24:03 – Changes to IRA energy credits
  • 29:30 – Other provisions (e.g., endowments, charitable deductions)
  • 33:19 – Global tax implications and Pillar Two
  • 39:25 – What’s ahead for corporate tax policy and accounting for income taxes 

For more information, check out our publications, Accounting for 2025 US tax reform and President Trump signs H.R. 1, the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act”. You can also listen to our related podcast episode, Sustainability now: Facing IRA and clean energy credit uncertainty. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests 

Jennifer Spang is PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters. 

Pat Brown is PwC’s National Tax Office Co-Leader. Prior to joining PwC, he spent 16 years in the private sector, including as the director of tax policy for a Fortune 50 company. Pat has also served in the US Treasury’s Office of Tax Policy as an attorney-advisor and as Associate International Tax Counsel. 

About our guest host 

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> As sweeping US tax reform takes effect in 2025, corporate taxpayers face important changes. These include extensions of and modifications to key Tax Cuts & Jobs Act (TCJA) provisions as well as expansion of some Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) incentives while accelerating the phase-out of others. In this episode we provide an overview of the key corporate provisions and dive into the related accounting and financial reporting implications. In this episode, we discuss:

  • 3:24 – Extensions and modifications of TCJA domestic tax laws
  • 13:42 – Extensions and modifications of TCJA international tax laws
  • 24:03 – Changes to IRA energy credits
  • 29:30 – Other provisions (e.g., endowments, charitable deductions)
  • 33:19 – Global tax implications and Pillar Two
  • 39:25 – What’s ahead for corporate tax policy and accounting for income taxes 

For more information, check out our publications, Accounting for 2025 US tax reform and President Trump signs H.R. 1, the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act”. You can also listen to our related podcast episode, Sustainability now: Facing IRA and clean energy credit uncertainty. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests 

Jennifer Spang is PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters. 

Pat Brown is PwC’s National Tax Office Co-Leader. Prior to joining PwC, he spent 16 years in the private sector, including as the director of tax policy for a Fortune 50 company. Pat has also served in the US Treasury’s Office of Tax Policy as an attorney-advisor and as Associate International Tax Counsel. 

About our guest host 

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17853922 Tue, 16 Sep 2025 11:00:00 -0400 2654 Tax, income taxes full false Financial asset transfers – Accounting fundamentals Financial asset transfers – Accounting fundamentals In this episode, we focus on transfers of financial assets. The discussion breaks down the fundamentals of ASC 860, clarifies when a transfer qualifies as a sale versus a secured borrowing, and outlines the key criteria for derecognition.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:59 – Overview of ASC 860 and the basics of financial asset transfers
  • 3:35 – Transactions subject to ASC 860
  • 6:56 – Transfer of an entire versus a portion of a financial asset and application of the participating interest guidance
  • 11:12 – Control criteria to achieve sale accounting:
    • 11:53 – Legal isolation
    • 16:38 – Right to pledge or exchange
    • 19:42 – Effective control
  • 21:50 – Examples of "failed sale" transactions

For more information, check out our Transfers and servicing of financial assets guide.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest

Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National Office with 30 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial services clients on treasury-related matters. 

About our guest host 

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In this episode, we focus on transfers of financial assets. The discussion breaks down the fundamentals of ASC 860, clarifies when a transfer qualifies as a sale versus a secured borrowing, and outlines the key criteria for derecognition.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:59 – Overview of ASC 860 and the basics of financial asset transfers
  • 3:35 – Transactions subject to ASC 860
  • 6:56 – Transfer of an entire versus a portion of a financial asset and application of the participating interest guidance
  • 11:12 – Control criteria to achieve sale accounting:
    • 11:53 – Legal isolation
    • 16:38 – Right to pledge or exchange
    • 19:42 – Effective control
  • 21:50 – Examples of "failed sale" transactions

For more information, check out our Transfers and servicing of financial assets guide.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest

Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National Office with 30 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial services clients on treasury-related matters. 

About our guest host 

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17816443 Tue, 09 Sep 2025 11:00:00 -0400 1703 financial assets full false Sustainability now: The EU Taxonomy Regulation gets simplified Sustainability now: The EU Taxonomy Regulation gets simplified A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, we break down the amendments to the EU Taxonomy Regulation adopted by the European Commission in July 2025. Learn about the changes, what they mean for both financial and non-financial companies, and what may still be on the horizon. Plus, we’ll share practical steps companies can take as they prepare for implementation.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:10 – Overview of the EU Taxonomy Regulation and potential changes to come
  • 7:46 – Changes on the horizon for non-financial services companies
  • 17:14 – Major reliefs for financial services companies
  • 25:10 – Next steps for the EU Taxonomy Regulation and what companies can do now

Looking for more on the EU Taxonomy regulation and other Omnibus proposals?

About our guest

Valerie Wieman is a PwC National Office partner with over 30 years of experience. She is one of the firm’s technical experts on sustainability reporting and helps lead the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on domestic and international sustainability requirements.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, we break down the amendments to the EU Taxonomy Regulation adopted by the European Commission in July 2025. Learn about the changes, what they mean for both financial and non-financial companies, and what may still be on the horizon. Plus, we’ll share practical steps companies can take as they prepare for implementation.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:10 – Overview of the EU Taxonomy Regulation and potential changes to come
  • 7:46 – Changes on the horizon for non-financial services companies
  • 17:14 – Major reliefs for financial services companies
  • 25:10 – Next steps for the EU Taxonomy Regulation and what companies can do now

Looking for more on the EU Taxonomy regulation and other Omnibus proposals?

About our guest

Valerie Wieman is a PwC National Office partner with over 30 years of experience. She is one of the firm’s technical experts on sustainability reporting and helps lead the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on domestic and international sustainability requirements.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17791553 Thu, 04 Sep 2025 11:00:00 -0400 1703 esg, pwc esg full false Sustainability now: Energy credits after the beautiful bill Sustainability now: Energy credits after the beautiful bill The Inflation Reduction Act introduced a broad range of renewable energy tax credits. Now, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OB3) has reshaped these incentives with new compliance requirements, shifting timelines, and selective phaseouts. In this podcast, we cover what’s changed, what’s stayed the same, and the implications for companies navigating the evolving renewable energy tax credit landscape.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:51 – Significant changes to energy credits from OB3
  • 9:28 – Energy credit modifications, early sunsets, and what remains unchanged
  • 14:07 – New guidance for wind and solar industry clean electricity credits
  • 21:14 – Immediate actions for companies to maximize opportunities under OB3

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.

About our guest

Jennifer Bernardini is a managing director in PwC’s Washington National Tax practice. She has over 20 years of experience implementing federal energy tax incentives that support the development of renewable energy and the climate transition.

About our guest host

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> The Inflation Reduction Act introduced a broad range of renewable energy tax credits. Now, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OB3) has reshaped these incentives with new compliance requirements, shifting timelines, and selective phaseouts. In this podcast, we cover what’s changed, what’s stayed the same, and the implications for companies navigating the evolving renewable energy tax credit landscape.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:51 – Significant changes to energy credits from OB3
  • 9:28 – Energy credit modifications, early sunsets, and what remains unchanged
  • 14:07 – New guidance for wind and solar industry clean electricity credits
  • 21:14 – Immediate actions for companies to maximize opportunities under OB3

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.

About our guest

Jennifer Bernardini is a managing director in PwC’s Washington National Tax practice. She has over 20 years of experience implementing federal energy tax incentives that support the development of renewable energy and the climate transition.

About our guest host

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17749896 Thu, 28 Aug 2025 11:00:00 -0400 1475 esg, pwc esg, income taxes full false Who’s the accounting acquirer? Navigating new bus com guidance Who’s the accounting acquirer? Navigating new bus com guidance In this episode, we explain how to identify the accounting acquirer in an acquisition—an essential first step in accounting for a business combination. We also outline key changes in the FASB’s new guidance (ASU 2025-03, Determining the Accounting Acquirer in the Acquisition of a Variable Interest Entity) that impact this assessment.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:16 – Overview of business combinations and importance of identifying the acquirer
  • 6:12 – New FASB guidance applicable when the legal acquiree is a variable interest entity (VIE)
  • 10:33 – Factors to consider when determining the accounting acquirer
  • 17:35 – Effective date and transition provisions for adopting the new guidance

For more information, see section 2.3 of our Business combinations guide.

You may also be interested in our related podcast episodes mentioned during this discussion:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Ryan Blacker is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the accounting for business combinations and crypto assets. Ryan consults with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting and financial reporting matters related to these topics.

Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office who helps clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, consolidations, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.

About our guest host

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In this episode, we explain how to identify the accounting acquirer in an acquisition—an essential first step in accounting for a business combination. We also outline key changes in the FASB’s new guidance (ASU 2025-03, Determining the Accounting Acquirer in the Acquisition of a Variable Interest Entity) that impact this assessment.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:16 – Overview of business combinations and importance of identifying the acquirer
  • 6:12 – New FASB guidance applicable when the legal acquiree is a variable interest entity (VIE)
  • 10:33 – Factors to consider when determining the accounting acquirer
  • 17:35 – Effective date and transition provisions for adopting the new guidance

For more information, see section 2.3 of our Business combinations guide.

You may also be interested in our related podcast episodes mentioned during this discussion:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Ryan Blacker is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the accounting for business combinations and crypto assets. Ryan consults with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting and financial reporting matters related to these topics.

Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office who helps clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, consolidations, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.

About our guest host

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17698009 Tue, 19 Aug 2025 11:00:00 -0400 1333 business combinations, acquisitions full false Sustainability now: EU Omnibus in motion – August 2025 update Sustainability now: EU Omnibus in motion – August 2025 update A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

Recent weeks have brought notable progress on the European Commission’s Omnibus package. In this episode, we examine the key developments from July — including amendments to the EU Taxonomy regulation, EFRAG’s extended deadline, and major revisions to the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS). We also discuss the potential implications for businesses as the legislative process advances, including why “wave 1” reporters must stay alert even if the changes aren’t finalized yet.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:09 – July’s major EU sustainability developments 
  • 4:18 – Deadline extension for EFRAG revisions
  • 7:22 – The “quick fix” delegated act and wave 1 reporting relief
  • 13:55 – Major revisions to ESRS 
  • 21:38 – Status of the broader content proposal
  • 25:15 – Breaking down the EU legislative process and expected timelines

Get caught up on the EU Omnibus package:

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

Recent weeks have brought notable progress on the European Commission’s Omnibus package. In this episode, we examine the key developments from July — including amendments to the EU Taxonomy regulation, EFRAG’s extended deadline, and major revisions to the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS). We also discuss the potential implications for businesses as the legislative process advances, including why “wave 1” reporters must stay alert even if the changes aren’t finalized yet.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:09 – July’s major EU sustainability developments 
  • 4:18 – Deadline extension for EFRAG revisions
  • 7:22 – The “quick fix” delegated act and wave 1 reporting relief
  • 13:55 – Major revisions to ESRS 
  • 21:38 – Status of the broader content proposal
  • 25:15 – Breaking down the EU legislative process and expected timelines

Get caught up on the EU Omnibus package:

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17671488 Thu, 14 Aug 2025 11:00:00 -0400 2012 esg, pwc esg full false Revenue accounting reset - Presentation and disclosure Revenue accounting reset - Presentation and disclosure We continue our revenue accounting podcast miniseries with an episode focused on presentation and disclosure. From balance sheet and income statement classification to required disclosures under ASC 606, we highlight key guidance and address key areas where questions often arise in practice.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:27 – Income statement presentation of revenue
  • 4:16 – Balance sheet presentation considerations related to revenue 
  • 9:38 – Overview of revenue disclosure objectives and the five primary disclosure areas:
    • 11:27 – Disaggregated revenue
    • 18:40 – Performance obligations
    • 23:26 – Significant judgments
    • 26:31 – Contract balances
    • 29:01 – Costs to obtain or fulfill a contract

For more information, chapter 33 of our Financial statement presentation guide. You can also listen to the other episodes in this series: 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Christine Moore is a director in PwC’s National Office advising audit and non-audit clients on complex accounting and financial reporting matters. She advises on revenue arrangements for public and private companies across various industries, with a focus on companies in the pharmaceutical and life sciences industry.

Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.

About our guest host

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our revenue accounting podcast miniseries with an episode focused on presentation and disclosure. From balance sheet and income statement classification to required disclosures under ASC 606, we highlight key guidance and address key areas where questions often arise in practice.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:27 – Income statement presentation of revenue
  • 4:16 – Balance sheet presentation considerations related to revenue 
  • 9:38 – Overview of revenue disclosure objectives and the five primary disclosure areas:
    • 11:27 – Disaggregated revenue
    • 18:40 – Performance obligations
    • 23:26 – Significant judgments
    • 26:31 – Contract balances
    • 29:01 – Costs to obtain or fulfill a contract

For more information, chapter 33 of our Financial statement presentation guide. You can also listen to the other episodes in this series: 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Christine Moore is a director in PwC’s National Office advising audit and non-audit clients on complex accounting and financial reporting matters. She advises on revenue arrangements for public and private companies across various industries, with a focus on companies in the pharmaceutical and life sciences industry.

Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.

About our guest host

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17618929 Tue, 05 Aug 2025 11:00:00 -0400 2015 revenue full false Revenue accounting reset – Consideration payable to a customer Revenue accounting reset – Consideration payable to a customer We continue our revenue accounting podcast miniseries with a discussion on payments to customers—an area that can raise complex accounting questions, especially when those payments come in the form of equity. We examine when these payments reduce revenue versus when they represent consideration for a distinct good or service. We also highlight updates from the FASB’s new guidance on share-based consideration payable to a customer.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:56 – Overview of consideration payable to a customer
  • 5:41 – When to recognize payments to a customer
  • 15:15 – Applying ASC 718 to equity-based payments to a customer
  • 23:41 – Key provisions in FASB’s new guidance on equity consideration
  • 29:49 – Classifying, measuring, and recognizing equity payments
  • 36:41 – Accounting for payments to settle litigation claims or other disputes

For more information, see chapter 4 of our Revenue guide, chapter 7 of our Stock-based compensation guide, and our In brief, FASB issues guidance on share-based consideration payable to a customer. Listen to the other episodes in this series:

 Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Ken Stoler is a partner in PwC’s National Office who specializes in financial reporting and plan design issues related to equity compensation arrangements, retirement and healthcare plans, and other benefits. He has helped companies navigate their employee compensation issues during IPOs, spinoffs, acquisitions, and other major transactions or events.

Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to u

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our revenue accounting podcast miniseries with a discussion on payments to customers—an area that can raise complex accounting questions, especially when those payments come in the form of equity. We examine when these payments reduce revenue versus when they represent consideration for a distinct good or service. We also highlight updates from the FASB’s new guidance on share-based consideration payable to a customer.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:56 – Overview of consideration payable to a customer
  • 5:41 – When to recognize payments to a customer
  • 15:15 – Applying ASC 718 to equity-based payments to a customer
  • 23:41 – Key provisions in FASB’s new guidance on equity consideration
  • 29:49 – Classifying, measuring, and recognizing equity payments
  • 36:41 – Accounting for payments to settle litigation claims or other disputes

For more information, see chapter 4 of our Revenue guide, chapter 7 of our Stock-based compensation guide, and our In brief, FASB issues guidance on share-based consideration payable to a customer. Listen to the other episodes in this series:

 Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Ken Stoler is a partner in PwC’s National Office who specializes in financial reporting and plan design issues related to equity compensation arrangements, retirement and healthcare plans, and other benefits. He has helped companies navigate their employee compensation issues during IPOs, spinoffs, acquisitions, and other major transactions or events.

Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to u

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17581905 Tue, 29 Jul 2025 11:00:00 -0400 2505 revenue full false Revenue accounting reset – Variable consideration Revenue accounting reset – Variable consideration We continue our revenue accounting miniseries with an episode taking a closer look at variable consideration—an essential and sometimes complex element in determining transaction price. From performance bonuses to volume-based rebates, we explore how to estimate and constrain variable amounts as well as when key exceptions apply.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:58 – Why variable consideration is a critical element of the ASC 606 model
  • 7:00 – The general model for estimating variable consideration
  • 9:02 – Applying the constraint on the amount of variable consideration
  • 18:25 – Common types of arrangements that include variable consideration, such as volume-based rebates and discounts
  • 20:59 – Key exceptions to the general model:
    • 21:10 – Sales- or usage-based royalty exception
    • 26:04 – Variable consideration allocation exception
    • 30:24 – Right-to-invoice measure of progress exception

For more information, see chapter 4 of our Revenue from contracts with customers guide. You can also listen to the first episode in this series, Revenue accounting reset – Recognizing revenue.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guests

Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies.

Chris Bourdon is a partner in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue, inventory, and employee compensation arrangements. He also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology, media, and entertainment companies.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our revenue accounting miniseries with an episode taking a closer look at variable consideration—an essential and sometimes complex element in determining transaction price. From performance bonuses to volume-based rebates, we explore how to estimate and constrain variable amounts as well as when key exceptions apply.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:58 – Why variable consideration is a critical element of the ASC 606 model
  • 7:00 – The general model for estimating variable consideration
  • 9:02 – Applying the constraint on the amount of variable consideration
  • 18:25 – Common types of arrangements that include variable consideration, such as volume-based rebates and discounts
  • 20:59 – Key exceptions to the general model:
    • 21:10 – Sales- or usage-based royalty exception
    • 26:04 – Variable consideration allocation exception
    • 30:24 – Right-to-invoice measure of progress exception

For more information, see chapter 4 of our Revenue from contracts with customers guide. You can also listen to the first episode in this series, Revenue accounting reset – Recognizing revenue.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guests

Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies.

Chris Bourdon is a partner in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue, inventory, and employee compensation arrangements. He also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology, media, and entertainment companies.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17545808 Tue, 22 Jul 2025 12:00:00 -0400 2170 revenue full false Revenue accounting reset – Recognizing revenue Revenue accounting reset – Recognizing revenue We kick off our latest accounting podcast miniseries on revenue accounting with a foundational discussion on revenue recognition. In this episode, we tackle recognizing revenue —the final step of the ASC 606 model—and examine how to determine whether performance obligations are satisfied over time or at a point in time.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:54 – Overview of the ASC 606 revenue model
  • 5:30 – Identifying performance obligations satisfied over time
  • 11:15 – Identifying performance obligations satisfied at a point in time
  • 21:19 – Measures of progress to determine the timing of revenue recognition
  • 33:45 – Exceptions to over-time revenue recognition

For more information, see chapter 6 of our Revenue from contracts with customers guide.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.

About our guest host

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We kick off our latest accounting podcast miniseries on revenue accounting with a foundational discussion on revenue recognition. In this episode, we tackle recognizing revenue —the final step of the ASC 606 model—and examine how to determine whether performance obligations are satisfied over time or at a point in time.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:54 – Overview of the ASC 606 revenue model
  • 5:30 – Identifying performance obligations satisfied over time
  • 11:15 – Identifying performance obligations satisfied at a point in time
  • 21:19 – Measures of progress to determine the timing of revenue recognition
  • 33:45 – Exceptions to over-time revenue recognition

For more information, see chapter 6 of our Revenue from contracts with customers guide.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.

About our guest host

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17509163 Tue, 15 Jul 2025 11:00:00 -0400 2527 revenue full false Lease accounting reset - Embedded leases Lease accounting reset - Embedded leases We continue our lease accounting podcast miniseries with an episode focused on embedded leases. Some arrangements to provide services or purchase inventory rely on the use of a specific asset to fulfill the contract. Even if the word “lease” doesn’t appear, the rights conveyed to the customer may still meet the definition of a lease—shifting the transaction from simply purchasing services or goods to leasing an asset. We explain why identifying an embedded lease is critical and how it can significantly impact the accounting and financial reporting for both customers and suppliers.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:40 – An overview of embedded leases and common arrangements
  • 6:50 – Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease
  • 24:07 – Allocating contract consideration to lease and nonlease components
  • 34:19 – Available practical expedients
  • 39:01 – Accounting and reporting implications

For more information, see chapter 2 of our Leases guide and chapter 4 and 5 of our Revenue from contracts with customers guide. You can also listen to the other episodes in this series:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to for the latest thought leadership.

About our guests

Marc Jerusalem is a PwC National Office managing director specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

About our guest host

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our lease accounting podcast miniseries with an episode focused on embedded leases. Some arrangements to provide services or purchase inventory rely on the use of a specific asset to fulfill the contract. Even if the word “lease” doesn’t appear, the rights conveyed to the customer may still meet the definition of a lease—shifting the transaction from simply purchasing services or goods to leasing an asset. We explain why identifying an embedded lease is critical and how it can significantly impact the accounting and financial reporting for both customers and suppliers.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:40 – An overview of embedded leases and common arrangements
  • 6:50 – Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease
  • 24:07 – Allocating contract consideration to lease and nonlease components
  • 34:19 – Available practical expedients
  • 39:01 – Accounting and reporting implications

For more information, see chapter 2 of our Leases guide and chapter 4 and 5 of our Revenue from contracts with customers guide. You can also listen to the other episodes in this series:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to for the latest thought leadership.

About our guests

Marc Jerusalem is a PwC National Office managing director specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

About our guest host

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17471469 Tue, 08 Jul 2025 12:00:00 -0400 2711 leases, revenue full false Lease accounting reset – Variable rents Lease accounting reset – Variable rents We continue our lease accounting miniseries with a focus on variable lease payments, an area that can significantly influence lease classification and measurement. In this episode, we explore the complexities of usage-based and index-based payments, fair market rent adjustments, in-substance fixed payments, and more – providing insights into how these variable rents affect the accounting and disclosures.

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:12 – Fixed versus variable lease payments and their accounting implications 
  • 7:13 – Fair market rent adjustments 
  • 9:37 – In-substance fixed payments, including take-or-pay arrangements 
  • 15:44 – Usage-based lease payment structures 
  • 22:18 – Tenant improvement allowances and lease incentives 
  • 26:10 – Accounting for variable lease payments during lease remeasurement 

For more information, see chapter 3 and chapter 5 of our Leases guide. In case you missed it – check out the other episodes in this podcast miniseries:  

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests 

Marc Jerusalem is a managing director in PwC’s National Office specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.

Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions. 

About our guest host 

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our lease accounting miniseries with a focus on variable lease payments, an area that can significantly influence lease classification and measurement. In this episode, we explore the complexities of usage-based and index-based payments, fair market rent adjustments, in-substance fixed payments, and more – providing insights into how these variable rents affect the accounting and disclosures.

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:12 – Fixed versus variable lease payments and their accounting implications 
  • 7:13 – Fair market rent adjustments 
  • 9:37 – In-substance fixed payments, including take-or-pay arrangements 
  • 15:44 – Usage-based lease payment structures 
  • 22:18 – Tenant improvement allowances and lease incentives 
  • 26:10 – Accounting for variable lease payments during lease remeasurement 

For more information, see chapter 3 and chapter 5 of our Leases guide. In case you missed it – check out the other episodes in this podcast miniseries:  

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guests 

Marc Jerusalem is a managing director in PwC’s National Office specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.

Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions. 

About our guest host 

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> Buzzsprout-17409695 Tue, 01 Jul 2025 11:00:00 -0400 2144 leases full false Sustainability now: ISSB clarifying greenhouse gas disclosures Sustainability now: ISSB clarifying greenhouse gas disclosures A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, we highlight the proposed amendments to IFRS S2, the climate-related disclosure standard from the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB). Learn how the changes aim to clarify greenhouse gas (GHG) reporting, specifically scope 3 emissions, and the potential implications they have on reporting.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:57 – Overview of IFRS S2, the role of the Transition Implementation Group, and what’s driving the amendments
  • 3:52 – Clarifying the definition of scope 3 category 15 (investments) emissions
  • 12:23 – Industry classification requirements for entities engaging in commercial banking and insurance-related activities
  • 16:28 – How to apply jurisdictional relief for GHG measurement methodology
  • 19:47 – Global warming potential (GWP) values and jurisdictional relief
  • 22:55 – Next steps for the exposure draft and recommendations for reporters in the interim

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within the National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

In this episode, we highlight the proposed amendments to IFRS S2, the climate-related disclosure standard from the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB). Learn how the changes aim to clarify greenhouse gas (GHG) reporting, specifically scope 3 emissions, and the potential implications they have on reporting.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:57 – Overview of IFRS S2, the role of the Transition Implementation Group, and what’s driving the amendments
  • 3:52 – Clarifying the definition of scope 3 category 15 (investments) emissions
  • 12:23 – Industry classification requirements for entities engaging in commercial banking and insurance-related activities
  • 16:28 – How to apply jurisdictional relief for GHG measurement methodology
  • 19:47 – Global warming potential (GWP) values and jurisdictional relief
  • 22:55 – Next steps for the exposure draft and recommendations for reporters in the interim

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within the National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17403354 Thu, 26 Jun 2025 11:00:00 -0400 1647 esg, pwc esg full false Lease accounting reset - Modifications and terminations Lease accounting reset - Modifications and terminations We continue our lease accounting miniseries with an episode focused on modifications and terminations. From determining whether a change results in a new lease to navigating remeasurement requirements, we share practical insights and key reminders for applying the guidance.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:12 – How to determine if a lease modification should be treated as a new lease or a remeasurement of the existing lease
  • 10:31 – Key accounting steps in a lease modification and remeasurement
  • 17:49 – Differentiating a lease termination from a modification
  • 20:59 – Example of a lease modification for downsizing leased space
  • 24:07 – Modifications to combined versus separate lease contracts

For more information, see chapter 5 of our Leases guide. You can also listen to the first episode in this series, Lease accounting reset - Presentation and disclosure. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to for the latest thought leadership.

About our guests

Marc Jerusalem is a managing director in PwC’s National Office specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.

Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our lease accounting miniseries with an episode focused on modifications and terminations. From determining whether a change results in a new lease to navigating remeasurement requirements, we share practical insights and key reminders for applying the guidance.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:12 – How to determine if a lease modification should be treated as a new lease or a remeasurement of the existing lease
  • 10:31 – Key accounting steps in a lease modification and remeasurement
  • 17:49 – Differentiating a lease termination from a modification
  • 20:59 – Example of a lease modification for downsizing leased space
  • 24:07 – Modifications to combined versus separate lease contracts

For more information, see chapter 5 of our Leases guide. You can also listen to the first episode in this series, Lease accounting reset - Presentation and disclosure. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to for the latest thought leadership.

About our guests

Marc Jerusalem is a managing director in PwC’s National Office specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.

Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17390220 Tue, 24 Jun 2025 12:00:00 -0400 1985 leases full false Sustainability now: EU Omnibus in motion – June 2025 update Sustainability now: EU Omnibus in motion – June 2025 update A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

The European Commission’s Omnibus package continues to make its way through the legislative process. In this episode, we cover the most recent developments, including insights from recently leaked information and how businesses are reacting to potential changes. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:53 – The legislative status of the content proposal and areas of debate
  • 7:40 – Preparer feedback on the proposed changes in the content proposal
  • 10:13 – Leak of Delegated Acts proposed to be deleted: Highlights and implications
  • 14:46 – Changes to expect in the forthcoming ESRS drafts and timing of the comment period
  • 17:10 – Themes in feedback shared with EFRAG
  • 23:22 – Potential ESRS reliefs: materiality expansion, use of estimates, and grace periods for acquisitions

Get caught up on the EU Omnibus package:

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

The European Commission’s Omnibus package continues to make its way through the legislative process. In this episode, we cover the most recent developments, including insights from recently leaked information and how businesses are reacting to potential changes. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:53 – The legislative status of the content proposal and areas of debate
  • 7:40 – Preparer feedback on the proposed changes in the content proposal
  • 10:13 – Leak of Delegated Acts proposed to be deleted: Highlights and implications
  • 14:46 – Changes to expect in the forthcoming ESRS drafts and timing of the comment period
  • 17:10 – Themes in feedback shared with EFRAG
  • 23:22 – Potential ESRS reliefs: materiality expansion, use of estimates, and grace periods for acquisitions

Get caught up on the EU Omnibus package:

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting?

About our guest

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17365252 Thu, 19 Jun 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2025 esg, pwc esg full false Lease accounting reset - Presentation and disclosure Lease accounting reset - Presentation and disclosure We kick off our latest accounting miniseries on lease accounting with an episode on the related presentation and disclosure requirements. We break down key considerations across the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows, including what interim and annual disclosures are required as well as the treatment of lease incentives, sublease income, and more.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:12 – Current versus noncurrent lease liabilities
  • 5:37 – Presentation of lease incentives
  • 11:40 – Income statement presentation of lease expense
  • 16:29 – Classification of lease payments in the statement of cash flows
  • 26:25 – Annual and interim lease disclosure requirements

For more information, check out our Leases guide and the leasing chapter of the Financial statement presentation guide.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Marc Jerusalem is a PwC National Office managing director specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.

Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows, as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We kick off our latest accounting miniseries on lease accounting with an episode on the related presentation and disclosure requirements. We break down key considerations across the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows, including what interim and annual disclosures are required as well as the treatment of lease incentives, sublease income, and more.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:12 – Current versus noncurrent lease liabilities
  • 5:37 – Presentation of lease incentives
  • 11:40 – Income statement presentation of lease expense
  • 16:29 – Classification of lease payments in the statement of cash flows
  • 26:25 – Annual and interim lease disclosure requirements

For more information, check out our Leases guide and the leasing chapter of the Financial statement presentation guide.

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop. 

About our guests

Marc Jerusalem is a PwC National Office managing director specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.

Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows, as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17352875 Tue, 17 Jun 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2240 leases full false Finance transformation in the age of AI Finance transformation in the age of AI In this special episode, we explore whether top-performing finance functions have reached a “terminal value” in their cost-cutting journey – and what comes next. As technologies like AI and advanced analytics evolve, finance leaders are shifting focus from efficiency to insight – rethinking operating models, talent strategies, and what it means to create value in a digital era.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:18 – What “terminal value” means in finance and why top-performing functions may be approaching the limits of traditional cost-cutting
  • 4:57 – How evolving finance operating models are incorporating new approaches to data, talent, and technology
  • 9:07 – The rise of agentic AI and how autonomous agents are beginning to impact finance workflows
  • 18:51 – Key leadership priorities for finance organizations navigating AI adoption and long-term transformation

For more insights, read our publication Have top performing finance functions reached terminal value in the age of AI?

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guests

Adam Kennedy is a PwC consumer markets finance leader focusing on business process improvement and finance effectiveness for Fortune 500 companies with an emphasis in retail, hospitality, and gaming. Adam provides consulting services on technology-driven finance transformation, end-to-end revenue stream management, merger integration support, financial analysis and reporting, risk management, and process improvement. 

Edward Ponagai is a PwC partner who leads large-scale back office transformations and merger integrations. He helps CFOs think through their organization’s big picture vision and purpose and drill down to address organizational challenges, operational processes, and technological innovations. 

About our guest host 

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In this special episode, we explore whether top-performing finance functions have reached a “terminal value” in their cost-cutting journey – and what comes next. As technologies like AI and advanced analytics evolve, finance leaders are shifting focus from efficiency to insight – rethinking operating models, talent strategies, and what it means to create value in a digital era.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:18 – What “terminal value” means in finance and why top-performing functions may be approaching the limits of traditional cost-cutting
  • 4:57 – How evolving finance operating models are incorporating new approaches to data, talent, and technology
  • 9:07 – The rise of agentic AI and how autonomous agents are beginning to impact finance workflows
  • 18:51 – Key leadership priorities for finance organizations navigating AI adoption and long-term transformation

For more insights, read our publication Have top performing finance functions reached terminal value in the age of AI?

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guests

Adam Kennedy is a PwC consumer markets finance leader focusing on business process improvement and finance effectiveness for Fortune 500 companies with an emphasis in retail, hospitality, and gaming. Adam provides consulting services on technology-driven finance transformation, end-to-end revenue stream management, merger integration support, financial analysis and reporting, risk management, and process improvement. 

Edward Ponagai is a PwC partner who leads large-scale back office transformations and merger integrations. He helps CFOs think through their organization’s big picture vision and purpose and drill down to address organizational challenges, operational processes, and technological innovations. 

About our guest host 

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the OCA’s Professional Practices Group.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17326913 Thu, 12 Jun 2025 14:00:00 -0400 1757 finance transformation full false Inside SEC reporting: Today’s SEC landscape Inside SEC reporting: Today’s SEC landscape A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

We continue our video podcast miniseries focused on SEC reporting, helping you stay current on the evolving SEC landscape while taking a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas.

As the SEC undergoes significant leadership changes, this episode offers a timely look at how recent developments are reshaping regulatory priorities. We offer insights into what these changes mean for companies and what they may expect going forward.

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:08 – The SEC’s leadership transition 
  • 6:35 – Interpretive guidance activity and compliance updates 
  • 14:53 – Crypto-related policy shifts 
  • 18:40 – Chair Atkins’ rulemaking priorities and enforcement strategy 
  • 26:28 – Executive compensation roundtable and potential disclosure reforms 
  • 32:19 – Legal challenges and the uncertain path ahead for the SEC’s climate rule 
  • 36:46 – Anticipated focus areas, including capital formation 
  • 40:09 – Practical advice for companies engaging with the SEC under its new leadership 

In case you missed it – check out the other episodes in this video podcast miniseries:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

Our guests:

Elad Roisman, partner in the Corporate Governance and Board Advisory Practice and the Financial Institutions Group (FIG) Practice at Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP.

Lindsay McCord, a PwC National Office partner specializing in matters related to the SEC and the capital markets.

Our guest host:

Kyle Moffatt, PwC’s Professional Practice leader.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

We continue our video podcast miniseries focused on SEC reporting, helping you stay current on the evolving SEC landscape while taking a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas.

As the SEC undergoes significant leadership changes, this episode offers a timely look at how recent developments are reshaping regulatory priorities. We offer insights into what these changes mean for companies and what they may expect going forward.

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:08 – The SEC’s leadership transition 
  • 6:35 – Interpretive guidance activity and compliance updates 
  • 14:53 – Crypto-related policy shifts 
  • 18:40 – Chair Atkins’ rulemaking priorities and enforcement strategy 
  • 26:28 – Executive compensation roundtable and potential disclosure reforms 
  • 32:19 – Legal challenges and the uncertain path ahead for the SEC’s climate rule 
  • 36:46 – Anticipated focus areas, including capital formation 
  • 40:09 – Practical advice for companies engaging with the SEC under its new leadership 

In case you missed it – check out the other episodes in this video podcast miniseries:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

Our guests:

Elad Roisman, partner in the Corporate Governance and Board Advisory Practice and the Financial Institutions Group (FIG) Practice at Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP.

Lindsay McCord, a PwC National Office partner specializing in matters related to the SEC and the capital markets.

Our guest host:

Kyle Moffatt, PwC’s Professional Practice leader.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17274373 Tue, 03 Jun 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2915 sec reporting full false Sustainability now: Powering through the energy transition Sustainability now: Powering through the energy transition A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

We're excited to share another video edition of our podcast on sustainability reporting—watch along as our sustainability specialists dive into the latest developments.

Energy planning is a business issue, not just a utility issue. As the energy transition accelerates, the demands on power systems are rapidly evolving. In this episode, we explore how emerging technologies like AI are reshaping the grid, the impact of rising electricity demand, and how companies in every industry can manage the growing risks and opportunities in sustainable energy.

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:50 – How electricity is measured and why electricity demand is rising  
  • 5:53 – Grid vulnerabilities and strategies to energy planning 
  • 10:09 – Investment challenges: aging infrastructure, supply chains, and shifts in policy 
  • 20:51 – The potential and hurdles of advanced nuclear and hydrogen 
  • 26:40 – Managing peak demand through smart technologies, market design and policy 
  • 32:21 – How AI is driving energy demand and why cybersecurity is now critical for industrial systems 
  • 43:55 – What’s next: the role of solar, gas, and storage in a balanced grid 

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.

About our guest

Casey Herman is a PwC Sustainability partner, leading a firmwide, cross functional team that assists companies with important ESG and sustainability matters. His team’s work spans from accurately reporting ESG data and progress to designing and implementing sustainable business strategies. Casey has more than 35 years of experience providing trust and consulting services to energy and utility companies.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

We're excited to share another video edition of our podcast on sustainability reporting—watch along as our sustainability specialists dive into the latest developments.

Energy planning is a business issue, not just a utility issue. As the energy transition accelerates, the demands on power systems are rapidly evolving. In this episode, we explore how emerging technologies like AI are reshaping the grid, the impact of rising electricity demand, and how companies in every industry can manage the growing risks and opportunities in sustainable energy.

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:50 – How electricity is measured and why electricity demand is rising  
  • 5:53 – Grid vulnerabilities and strategies to energy planning 
  • 10:09 – Investment challenges: aging infrastructure, supply chains, and shifts in policy 
  • 20:51 – The potential and hurdles of advanced nuclear and hydrogen 
  • 26:40 – Managing peak demand through smart technologies, market design and policy 
  • 32:21 – How AI is driving energy demand and why cybersecurity is now critical for industrial systems 
  • 43:55 – What’s next: the role of solar, gas, and storage in a balanced grid 

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.

About our guest

Casey Herman is a PwC Sustainability partner, leading a firmwide, cross functional team that assists companies with important ESG and sustainability matters. His team’s work spans from accurately reporting ESG data and progress to designing and implementing sustainable business strategies. Casey has more than 35 years of experience providing trust and consulting services to energy and utility companies.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17247789 Thu, 29 May 2025 14:00:00 -0400 3032 esg full false Inside SEC reporting: Form 8-K (current report) Inside SEC reporting: Form 8-K (current report) A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

We continue our video podcast miniseries focused on SEC reporting, helping you stay current on the evolving SEC landscape while taking a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas.

In today’s episode, we discuss Form 8-K, a critical SEC filing for timely disclosure of significant corporate events. While foundational in nature, Form 8-K reporting involves a range of complex triggers and tight deadlines. We explore the fundamentals and hot topics shaping today’s Form 8-K reporting environment—including cybersecurity disclosure requirements, materiality assessments, and frequent challenges.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:57 – Overview of Form 8-K reporting requirements
  • 4:13 – Cybersecurity incident triggers and reporting requirements
  • 7:58 – Key reminders and insights into frequent questions and common pitfalls, including:
    • 15:05 –Acquisitions, dispositions, restructurings, and impairments 
    • 21:40 – Corporate governance-related activities
    • 22:55 – Change in auditor
    • 25:21 – Material contracts
    • 27:04 – Change in segments

In case you missed it – check out the other episodes in this video podcast miniseries:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guests

Raquel Fox is co-head of Skadden's SEC Reporting and Compliance practice and the head of the firm's U.S. ESG practice. She concentrates her practice in the areas of capital markets, M&A, corporate governance, and general corporate and securities matters, advising clients on the full range of SEC reporting and compliance requirements.

Kevin Vaughn is a PwC National Office partner specializing in SEC reporting matters. He leverages his extensive experience to support PwC public company and pre-IPO clients on accounting and SEC reporting matters. Prior to joining PwC in 2023, he spent over 18 years at the SEC, most recently serving on the leadership team in the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant where he focused on technical accounting consultations, SEC rulemakings, and standard setting matters.

About our guest host
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, he spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

We continue our video podcast miniseries focused on SEC reporting, helping you stay current on the evolving SEC landscape while taking a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas.

In today’s episode, we discuss Form 8-K, a critical SEC filing for timely disclosure of significant corporate events. While foundational in nature, Form 8-K reporting involves a range of complex triggers and tight deadlines. We explore the fundamentals and hot topics shaping today’s Form 8-K reporting environment—including cybersecurity disclosure requirements, materiality assessments, and frequent challenges.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:57 – Overview of Form 8-K reporting requirements
  • 4:13 – Cybersecurity incident triggers and reporting requirements
  • 7:58 – Key reminders and insights into frequent questions and common pitfalls, including:
    • 15:05 –Acquisitions, dispositions, restructurings, and impairments 
    • 21:40 – Corporate governance-related activities
    • 22:55 – Change in auditor
    • 25:21 – Material contracts
    • 27:04 – Change in segments

In case you missed it – check out the other episodes in this video podcast miniseries:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guests

Raquel Fox is co-head of Skadden's SEC Reporting and Compliance practice and the head of the firm's U.S. ESG practice. She concentrates her practice in the areas of capital markets, M&A, corporate governance, and general corporate and securities matters, advising clients on the full range of SEC reporting and compliance requirements.

Kevin Vaughn is a PwC National Office partner specializing in SEC reporting matters. He leverages his extensive experience to support PwC public company and pre-IPO clients on accounting and SEC reporting matters. Prior to joining PwC in 2023, he spent over 18 years at the SEC, most recently serving on the leadership team in the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant where he focused on technical accounting consultations, SEC rulemakings, and standard setting matters.

About our guest host
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, he spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17234889 Tue, 27 May 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2010 sec reporting full false Sustainability now: GHG Protocol -What could change? Sustainability now: GHG Protocol -What could change? A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

We're excited to share another video edition of our podcast on sustainability reporting—watch along as our sustainability specialists dive into the latest developments.

As sustainability reporting evolves, the GHG Protocol is undergoing its first major update in over a decade. In this episode, we break down the proposed revisions to the Corporate Standard, Scope 2 Guidance, and Scope 3 Standard—highlighting what changes are being considered, why they matter, and how they could impact future reporting frameworks. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 2:26 – The significance of the GHG Protocol and the recent overhaul to its governance and standard setting process 
  • 8:58 – Key focus areas of the four technical working groups (Corporate, Scope 2, Scope 3, Market Instruments) 
  • 14:20 – Debates as to the starting point of emissions reporting: organizational boundaries  
  • 20:17 – Scope 3 reporting and integration into the Corporate Standard 
  • 24:53 – Complex judgments in reporting scope 3, category 15 (Investments): Financed emissions 
  • 28:41 – Scope 2 methodology updates: market-based versus location-based emissions 
  • 39:08 – New questions about market instruments and project-based actions 
  • 44:33 – Timeline for proposed updates and what stakeholders should do now 

Looking for more on GHG emissions reporting? 

Guest: Marcin Olewinski - PwC Assurance practice partner

Host: Heather Horn - PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

We're excited to share another video edition of our podcast on sustainability reporting—watch along as our sustainability specialists dive into the latest developments.

As sustainability reporting evolves, the GHG Protocol is undergoing its first major update in over a decade. In this episode, we break down the proposed revisions to the Corporate Standard, Scope 2 Guidance, and Scope 3 Standard—highlighting what changes are being considered, why they matter, and how they could impact future reporting frameworks. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 2:26 – The significance of the GHG Protocol and the recent overhaul to its governance and standard setting process 
  • 8:58 – Key focus areas of the four technical working groups (Corporate, Scope 2, Scope 3, Market Instruments) 
  • 14:20 – Debates as to the starting point of emissions reporting: organizational boundaries  
  • 20:17 – Scope 3 reporting and integration into the Corporate Standard 
  • 24:53 – Complex judgments in reporting scope 3, category 15 (Investments): Financed emissions 
  • 28:41 – Scope 2 methodology updates: market-based versus location-based emissions 
  • 39:08 – New questions about market instruments and project-based actions 
  • 44:33 – Timeline for proposed updates and what stakeholders should do now 

Looking for more on GHG emissions reporting? 

Guest: Marcin Olewinski - PwC Assurance practice partner

Host: Heather Horn - PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17209884 Thu, 22 May 2025 14:00:00 -0400 3005 esg, pwc esg full false Inside SEC reporting: Pro forma financial information Inside SEC reporting: Pro forma financial information A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

We continue our video podcast miniseries focused on SEC reporting, helping you stay current on the evolving SEC landscape while taking a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas.

In today’s episode, we discuss pro forma financial information. We break down when and why pro formas are required under SEC rules, and we discuss key considerations on preparation and presentation; we also share common pitfalls. Whether you’re dealing with an acquisition, divestiture, or capital raise, this episode brings you key insights to help you navigate the requirements for pro forma financial information. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:40 – Types of transactions that typically require SEC pro forma financial information 
  • 7:02 – “Significance” and when it triggers pro forma reporting requirements 
  • 10:22 – Types of filings in which pro forma financial information may be included 
  • 11:52 – Pro forma financial information reporting requirements
    • 12:18 – Reporting periods required 
    • 15:30 – Form and content of reporting 
    • 24:10 – Types of pro forma adjustments (i.e., transaction accounting, autonomous entity adjustment, management adjustment) 
    • 36:06 – Prohibitions on the presentation of pro forma financial information 
    • 38:25 – Other reminders, including treatment of multiple transactions and tax effects 

In case you missed it – check out the other episodes in this video podcast miniseries: 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guest 

Scott Feely is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience supporting clients as they address the SEC and financial reporting implications of their capital markets and merger and acquisition-related activities. 

About our guest host 

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

We continue our video podcast miniseries focused on SEC reporting, helping you stay current on the evolving SEC landscape while taking a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas.

In today’s episode, we discuss pro forma financial information. We break down when and why pro formas are required under SEC rules, and we discuss key considerations on preparation and presentation; we also share common pitfalls. Whether you’re dealing with an acquisition, divestiture, or capital raise, this episode brings you key insights to help you navigate the requirements for pro forma financial information. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:40 – Types of transactions that typically require SEC pro forma financial information 
  • 7:02 – “Significance” and when it triggers pro forma reporting requirements 
  • 10:22 – Types of filings in which pro forma financial information may be included 
  • 11:52 – Pro forma financial information reporting requirements
    • 12:18 – Reporting periods required 
    • 15:30 – Form and content of reporting 
    • 24:10 – Types of pro forma adjustments (i.e., transaction accounting, autonomous entity adjustment, management adjustment) 
    • 36:06 – Prohibitions on the presentation of pro forma financial information 
    • 38:25 – Other reminders, including treatment of multiple transactions and tax effects 

In case you missed it – check out the other episodes in this video podcast miniseries: 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guest 

Scott Feely is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience supporting clients as they address the SEC and financial reporting implications of their capital markets and merger and acquisition-related activities. 

About our guest host 

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17197211 Tue, 20 May 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2750 sec reporting full false Sustainability now: EU Omnibus in motion – May 2025 update Sustainability now: EU Omnibus in motion – May 2025 update A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

We're excited to share another video edition of our podcast on sustainability reporting—watch along as our sustainability specialists dive into the latest developments. 

In this episode, we provide an update on the European Commission’s Omnibus package and what it means for sustainability reporting under the ESRS framework. From the formal delay in wave 2 and wave 3 reporting requirements to expected simplifications of ESRS standards, we explore the latest legislative and technical developments and what companies should anticipate next. Drawing on insights from the recent EFRAG meeting and our response to their request for comment, we also highlight how stakeholder feedback is shaping the evolving landscape. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:19 – Overview of the EU’s omnibus package and its impacts to ESRS 
  • 3:00 – Legislative status of the “stop the clock” proposal and next steps for the content proposal 
  • 15:22 – EFRAG’s “actionable levers for substantial simplification” 
  • 18:38 – PwC’s response to EFRAG Questionnaire for Public Feedback: ESRS Set 1 Revision 
  • 31:39 – Status of proposed amendments to the EU taxonomy and advice for companies during this time of change

Resources mentioned in today’s episode: 

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? 

Guest: Diana Stoltzfus - Partner,  PwC National Office 

Host: Heather Horn - PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

We're excited to share another video edition of our podcast on sustainability reporting—watch along as our sustainability specialists dive into the latest developments. 

In this episode, we provide an update on the European Commission’s Omnibus package and what it means for sustainability reporting under the ESRS framework. From the formal delay in wave 2 and wave 3 reporting requirements to expected simplifications of ESRS standards, we explore the latest legislative and technical developments and what companies should anticipate next. Drawing on insights from the recent EFRAG meeting and our response to their request for comment, we also highlight how stakeholder feedback is shaping the evolving landscape. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:19 – Overview of the EU’s omnibus package and its impacts to ESRS 
  • 3:00 – Legislative status of the “stop the clock” proposal and next steps for the content proposal 
  • 15:22 – EFRAG’s “actionable levers for substantial simplification” 
  • 18:38 – PwC’s response to EFRAG Questionnaire for Public Feedback: ESRS Set 1 Revision 
  • 31:39 – Status of proposed amendments to the EU taxonomy and advice for companies during this time of change

Resources mentioned in today’s episode: 

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? 

Guest: Diana Stoltzfus - Partner,  PwC National Office 

Host: Heather Horn - PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17168573 Thu, 15 May 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2206 pwc esg, esg full false Inside SEC reporting: Acquisitions and divestitures Inside SEC reporting: Acquisitions and divestitures A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We continue our video podcast miniseries focused on SEC reporting, helping you stay current on the evolving SEC landscape while taking a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas. 

In today’s episode, we discuss acquisitions and divestitures—transactions that often involve complex reporting requirements. We cover technical guidance and practical implications for a range of deal-related topics, including significance tests, carve-out financials, spin-off considerations, and more. In a deal environment that is both volatile and diverse, understanding reporting nuances is essential for staying ahead of regulatory requirements and market expectations. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 2:39 – Overview of the current M&A environment 
  • 6:50 – Distinctions between business acquisitions under US GAAP and SEC rules 
  • 9:58 – Reporting considerations for significant acquisitions, including: 
    • 16:07 – Applying the three-part significance test 
    • 23:20 – Requirements tied to Form 8-K, registration statements, and Form S-4 
    • 31:02 – Practical M&A insights 
  • 38:31 – Divestiture reporting and carve-out financial statement considerations 
  • 49:30 – Standalone reporting for divested businesses, including spin-offs, subsidiary IPOs, and private sales.

In case you missed it – check out the first episode of this video podcast miniseries, Inside SEC reporting: Capital formation. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guests 

Scott Feely is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience supporting clients as they address the SEC and financial reporting implications of their capital markets and merger and acquisition-related activities. 

Liz Crego is a seasoned deals advisor and our US Deals Clients and Markets leader who specializes in accounting and financial reporting associated with complex global transactions, including divestitures, capital raising activities, and M&A across sectors.  

About our guest host 

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.  

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We continue our video podcast miniseries focused on SEC reporting, helping you stay current on the evolving SEC landscape while taking a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas. 

In today’s episode, we discuss acquisitions and divestitures—transactions that often involve complex reporting requirements. We cover technical guidance and practical implications for a range of deal-related topics, including significance tests, carve-out financials, spin-off considerations, and more. In a deal environment that is both volatile and diverse, understanding reporting nuances is essential for staying ahead of regulatory requirements and market expectations. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 2:39 – Overview of the current M&A environment 
  • 6:50 – Distinctions between business acquisitions under US GAAP and SEC rules 
  • 9:58 – Reporting considerations for significant acquisitions, including: 
    • 16:07 – Applying the three-part significance test 
    • 23:20 – Requirements tied to Form 8-K, registration statements, and Form S-4 
    • 31:02 – Practical M&A insights 
  • 38:31 – Divestiture reporting and carve-out financial statement considerations 
  • 49:30 – Standalone reporting for divested businesses, including spin-offs, subsidiary IPOs, and private sales.

In case you missed it – check out the first episode of this video podcast miniseries, Inside SEC reporting: Capital formation. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guests 

Scott Feely is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience supporting clients as they address the SEC and financial reporting implications of their capital markets and merger and acquisition-related activities. 

Liz Crego is a seasoned deals advisor and our US Deals Clients and Markets leader who specializes in accounting and financial reporting associated with complex global transactions, including divestitures, capital raising activities, and M&A across sectors.  

About our guest host 

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.  

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17152410 Tue, 13 May 2025 14:00:00 -0400 4078 sec reporting, acquisitions full false Sustainability now: Facing IRA and clean energy credit uncertainty Sustainability now: Facing IRA and clean energy credit uncertainty Companies face growing uncertainty about clean energy tax credits, tariffs, and the related regulatory guidance. In this episode, we explore the current state of clean energy investments, evolving financing structures, and the complex compliance landscape shaping renewable energy strategies today. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:19 – A refresher on the scope and objectives of the IRA 
  • 3:50 – How the administration change has affected clean energy projects and capital flow, including the role of new tariffs 
  • 14:59 – Complexities in prevailing wage, apprenticeship rules, and domestic content requirements 
  • 22:37 – Navigating guidance related to clean fuels and transferability of credits 
  • 33:33 – A look at positive outcomes like job growth, battery storage integration, and rising demand for renewables 
  • 33:36 – Strategic recommendations amid shifting policy, stakeholder expectations, and growing energy demands from AI 

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.

About our guest 

Randa Barsoum is a tax partner specializing in federal energy tax credits, advising on Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) tax credits, cost segregations, and fixed assets. Randa specializes in energy-related tax incentives and has been instrumental in guiding clients through the complexities of new tax legislation.

About our guest host 

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> Companies face growing uncertainty about clean energy tax credits, tariffs, and the related regulatory guidance. In this episode, we explore the current state of clean energy investments, evolving financing structures, and the complex compliance landscape shaping renewable energy strategies today. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:19 – A refresher on the scope and objectives of the IRA 
  • 3:50 – How the administration change has affected clean energy projects and capital flow, including the role of new tariffs 
  • 14:59 – Complexities in prevailing wage, apprenticeship rules, and domestic content requirements 
  • 22:37 – Navigating guidance related to clean fuels and transferability of credits 
  • 33:33 – A look at positive outcomes like job growth, battery storage integration, and rising demand for renewables 
  • 33:36 – Strategic recommendations amid shifting policy, stakeholder expectations, and growing energy demands from AI 

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.

About our guest 

Randa Barsoum is a tax partner specializing in federal energy tax credits, advising on Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) tax credits, cost segregations, and fixed assets. Randa specializes in energy-related tax incentives and has been instrumental in guiding clients through the complexities of new tax legislation.

About our guest host 

Guest host Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17123729 Thu, 08 May 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2341 pwc esg, esg full false Inside SEC reporting: Capital formation Inside SEC reporting: Capital formation A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

This episode kicks off a new video miniseries focused on SEC reporting that will keep you up to speed on the SEC landscape and take a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas. 

In today’s episode, we cover capital raising, one of the pillars of the SEC’s tripartite mission and a focus of the new SEC Chairman. Whether you're preparing for an IPO or navigating ongoing public company reporting, this discussion breaks down the key requirements and considerations. From SEC filing requirements to readiness, our guests share insights for companies at every stage of growth. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:11 – Overview of the capital markets, including IPO activity 
  • 4:48 – Key disclosure obligations for new public companies 
  • 17:47 – Overview of the IPO process (e.g., SEC reviews, confidential filings, roadshow and pricing process) 
  • 24:05 – Financial disclosures, interim reporting, and pro forma adjustments 
  • 32:36 – Public company readiness (e.g., governance, systems, investor communications) 
  • 36:12 – Other capital raising considerations (e.g., follow-on offerings, shelf registrations, seasoned issuer reviews) 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.  

About our guests 

Ryan Spencer is a partner at PwC's National Office specializing in SEC financial reporting. He has over 25 years of experience serving clients and is a frequent contributor to PwC’s publications and communications. 

Mike Bellin is a PwC Deals partner who leads PwC’s US Capital Markets practice. Mike advises clients on accessing the debt and equity capital markets by providing clients with technical/project management advice on complex accounting and financial reporting issues associated with the SEC registration process, IPOs, direct listings, SPAC mergers, 144A debt and equity offerings, divestitures, spin-offs and carve-outs, and GAAP conversions. 

About our guest host 

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com

This episode kicks off a new video miniseries focused on SEC reporting that will keep you up to speed on the SEC landscape and take a “back to basics” look at key reporting areas. 

In today’s episode, we cover capital raising, one of the pillars of the SEC’s tripartite mission and a focus of the new SEC Chairman. Whether you're preparing for an IPO or navigating ongoing public company reporting, this discussion breaks down the key requirements and considerations. From SEC filing requirements to readiness, our guests share insights for companies at every stage of growth. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:11 – Overview of the capital markets, including IPO activity 
  • 4:48 – Key disclosure obligations for new public companies 
  • 17:47 – Overview of the IPO process (e.g., SEC reviews, confidential filings, roadshow and pricing process) 
  • 24:05 – Financial disclosures, interim reporting, and pro forma adjustments 
  • 32:36 – Public company readiness (e.g., governance, systems, investor communications) 
  • 36:12 – Other capital raising considerations (e.g., follow-on offerings, shelf registrations, seasoned issuer reviews) 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.  

About our guests 

Ryan Spencer is a partner at PwC's National Office specializing in SEC financial reporting. He has over 25 years of experience serving clients and is a frequent contributor to PwC’s publications and communications. 

Mike Bellin is a PwC Deals partner who leads PwC’s US Capital Markets practice. Mike advises clients on accessing the debt and equity capital markets by providing clients with technical/project management advice on complex accounting and financial reporting issues associated with the SEC registration process, IPOs, direct listings, SPAC mergers, 144A debt and equity offerings, divestitures, spin-offs and carve-outs, and GAAP conversions. 

About our guest host 

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17109120 Tue, 06 May 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2539 sec reporting full false Sustainability now: Insights from the first CSRD reports Sustainability now: Insights from the first CSRD reports As the first wave of companies report under the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), PwC analyzed corporate sustainability statements. In this week’s podcast, host Heather Horn welcomes back Nadja Picard, PwC’s Global Reporting Leader, to dive into the key findings from more than 250 published reports. They explore emerging trends, surprising gaps, and what these insights mean for companies yet to report. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 01:47 – Overview of PwC’s analysis of 250+ CSRD reports 
  • 04:29 – Key findings: variability in disclosures and early trends 
  • 08:49 – Most common material topics and sector-specific patterns 
  • 18:35 – Entity-specific disclosures: cybersecurity, AI, and tax 
  • 24:44 – Climate reporting practices and assurance observations 
  • 33:26 – Practical guidance for companies preparing to report under CSRD 

For more on PwC’s analysis of 250 corporate sustainability statements, see our publication In search of sustainable value: The CSRD journey begins. 

Looking for more on the investor survey referenced in today’s podcast? Check out PwC’s 2024 Global Investor Survey and PwC’s global investor survey: What’s top of mind for 2025? 

About our guest 

Nadja Picard is PwC’s Global Reporting Leader. In this role, she leads PwC’s global initiative to help clients transform their corporate reporting to meet investor and stakeholder demands for trusted and assured reporting beyond financial reporting. Nadja also advises companies on the accounting, corporate reporting, and investor relations requirements in advance of capital markets transactions, especially IPOs.   

About our host 

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> As the first wave of companies report under the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), PwC analyzed corporate sustainability statements. In this week’s podcast, host Heather Horn welcomes back Nadja Picard, PwC’s Global Reporting Leader, to dive into the key findings from more than 250 published reports. They explore emerging trends, surprising gaps, and what these insights mean for companies yet to report. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 01:47 – Overview of PwC’s analysis of 250+ CSRD reports 
  • 04:29 – Key findings: variability in disclosures and early trends 
  • 08:49 – Most common material topics and sector-specific patterns 
  • 18:35 – Entity-specific disclosures: cybersecurity, AI, and tax 
  • 24:44 – Climate reporting practices and assurance observations 
  • 33:26 – Practical guidance for companies preparing to report under CSRD 

For more on PwC’s analysis of 250 corporate sustainability statements, see our publication In search of sustainable value: The CSRD journey begins. 

Looking for more on the investor survey referenced in today’s podcast? Check out PwC’s 2024 Global Investor Survey and PwC’s global investor survey: What’s top of mind for 2025? 

About our guest 

Nadja Picard is PwC’s Global Reporting Leader. In this role, she leads PwC’s global initiative to help clients transform their corporate reporting to meet investor and stakeholder demands for trusted and assured reporting beyond financial reporting. Nadja also advises companies on the accounting, corporate reporting, and investor relations requirements in advance of capital markets transactions, especially IPOs.   

About our host 

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17080722 Thu, 01 May 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2606 esg, pwc esg full false Reporting reset – Derivatives and hedging Reporting reset – Derivatives and hedging In this episode, we continue our miniseries on financial statement presentation and disclosure with a focus on derivatives and hedging. Derivatives and hedging are topics applicable to many companies, but the accounting and related presentation and disclosures can be complex. This episode breaks down the requirements with practical insights and guidance.

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:10 – An overview of derivatives and hedging, including common examples 
  • 3:34 – Balance sheet presentation 
  • 9:03 – Income statement presentation 
  • 11:42 – Cash flow statement classification 
  • 15:19 – Key disclosure requirements  

For more information, see chapter 19 of our Financial statement presentation guide and our Derivatives and hedging guide. You can also listen to the other episodes in this miniseries: 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership. 

About our guest 

Bret Dooley is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters. 

About our host 

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In this episode, we continue our miniseries on financial statement presentation and disclosure with a focus on derivatives and hedging. Derivatives and hedging are topics applicable to many companies, but the accounting and related presentation and disclosures can be complex. This episode breaks down the requirements with practical insights and guidance.

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:10 – An overview of derivatives and hedging, including common examples 
  • 3:34 – Balance sheet presentation 
  • 9:03 – Income statement presentation 
  • 11:42 – Cash flow statement classification 
  • 15:19 – Key disclosure requirements  

For more information, see chapter 19 of our Financial statement presentation guide and our Derivatives and hedging guide. You can also listen to the other episodes in this miniseries: 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership. 

About our guest 

Bret Dooley is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters. 

About our host 

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17065252 Tue, 29 Apr 2025 14:00:00 -0400 1459 financial statement presentation, reporting reset mini full false Sustainability now: GHG reporting questions answered Sustainability now: GHG reporting questions answered A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We're excited to continue our video podcast series on the foundations of sustainability reporting. Now watch along with our sustainability specialists as they discuss the latest on sustainability.

With the first wave of companies reporting under the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), we address some practical implementation questions about GHG emissions reporting and provide practical examples to help companies apply the ESRS requirements.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:45 – Organizational boundary guidance under the GHG Protocol versus ESRS, including insights on some challenges companies are facing
    • 5:27 – Reporting emissions from leased assets
    • 13:13 – Reporting emissions associated with investment entities
  • 18:33 – Scope 3 measurement and minimum boundaries
  • 44:02 – Determining relevant scope 3 categories
  • 50:25 – Complexities when disclosing targets

Looking for more on GHG emissions reporting?


About our guest

Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We're excited to continue our video podcast series on the foundations of sustainability reporting. Now watch along with our sustainability specialists as they discuss the latest on sustainability.

With the first wave of companies reporting under the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), we address some practical implementation questions about GHG emissions reporting and provide practical examples to help companies apply the ESRS requirements.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:45 – Organizational boundary guidance under the GHG Protocol versus ESRS, including insights on some challenges companies are facing
    • 5:27 – Reporting emissions from leased assets
    • 13:13 – Reporting emissions associated with investment entities
  • 18:33 – Scope 3 measurement and minimum boundaries
  • 44:02 – Determining relevant scope 3 categories
  • 50:25 – Complexities when disclosing targets

Looking for more on GHG emissions reporting?


About our guest

Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

About our host

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17037558 Thu, 24 Apr 2025 14:00:00 -0400 3487 esg, pwc esg full false Reporting reset – Loans, receivables, and investments Reporting reset – Loans, receivables, and investments We continue our back-to-basics series on financial statement presentation and disclosure with a focus on loans, receivables, and investments – accounts that affect nearly every business. In this episode, we walk through the key presentation and disclosure requirements and examine recent guidance updates for creditors accounting for certain loan modifications.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:05 – Key considerations for loans and receivables, including:
    • 3:08 – Presentation in the balance sheet and income statement
    • 7:20 – Disclosure requirements
    • 8:35 – New guidance (ASU 2022-02) on creditors’ accounting for certain loan modifications 
  • 13:30 – Key considerations for investments, including:
    • 14:05 – Presentation in the balance sheet and income statement
    • 18:22 – Disclosure requirements

For more information, see chapter 9 of our Financial statement presentation guide and our Loans and investments guide. You can also listen to the other episodes in this miniseries:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guest
Catherine Espino is a partner in PwC’s National Office with 20 years of experience serving large financial institutions, broker-dealers, as well as smaller subsidiaries and private companies. Catherine focuses on advising companies within the financial services and non-financial services sectors on significant and complex accounting issues.

About our guest host
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our back-to-basics series on financial statement presentation and disclosure with a focus on loans, receivables, and investments – accounts that affect nearly every business. In this episode, we walk through the key presentation and disclosure requirements and examine recent guidance updates for creditors accounting for certain loan modifications.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:05 – Key considerations for loans and receivables, including:
    • 3:08 – Presentation in the balance sheet and income statement
    • 7:20 – Disclosure requirements
    • 8:35 – New guidance (ASU 2022-02) on creditors’ accounting for certain loan modifications 
  • 13:30 – Key considerations for investments, including:
    • 14:05 – Presentation in the balance sheet and income statement
    • 18:22 – Disclosure requirements

For more information, see chapter 9 of our Financial statement presentation guide and our Loans and investments guide. You can also listen to the other episodes in this miniseries:

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guest
Catherine Espino is a partner in PwC’s National Office with 20 years of experience serving large financial institutions, broker-dealers, as well as smaller subsidiaries and private companies. Catherine focuses on advising companies within the financial services and non-financial services sectors on significant and complex accounting issues.

About our guest host
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-17021197 Tue, 22 Apr 2025 14:00:00 -0400 1430 financial statement presentation, reporting reset mini full false Sustainability now: GHG measurement made manageable Sustainability now: GHG measurement made manageable A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com. 

Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting is central to sustainability disclosures—and measuring those emissions accurately is critical to transparent reporting. In this episode, we walk through PwC’s five-step process for GHG reporting, with a deep dive into measurement approaches across scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:40 – PwC’s 5-step process for GHG emissions reporting  
  • 6:43 – Scope 1 emissions: direct and indirect measurement methodologies 
  • 13:56 –Scope 2 emissions: market-based versus location-based methods 
  • 33:17 – Scope 3 emissions: minimum boundaries and measurement approaches for upstream and downstream emissions 
  • 50:24 – Key takeaways on measuring emissions based on practical experience 

 Looking for more on GHG emissions reporting? 

 About our guest 

 Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG. 

 About our host 

 Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com. 

Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting is central to sustainability disclosures—and measuring those emissions accurately is critical to transparent reporting. In this episode, we walk through PwC’s five-step process for GHG reporting, with a deep dive into measurement approaches across scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions. 

In this episode, we discuss: 

  • 1:40 – PwC’s 5-step process for GHG emissions reporting  
  • 6:43 – Scope 1 emissions: direct and indirect measurement methodologies 
  • 13:56 –Scope 2 emissions: market-based versus location-based methods 
  • 33:17 – Scope 3 emissions: minimum boundaries and measurement approaches for upstream and downstream emissions 
  • 50:24 – Key takeaways on measuring emissions based on practical experience 

 Looking for more on GHG emissions reporting? 

 About our guest 

 Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG. 

 About our host 

 Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16995770 Thu, 17 Apr 2025 14:00:00 -0400 3379 full false Reporting reset – Stock-based compensation Reporting reset – Stock-based compensation We continue our back-to-basics series on financial statement presentation and disclosure with an episode focused on stock-based compensation. This episode breaks down the key presentation and disclosure principles and how stock-based compensation is reflected in each of the financial statements.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:55 – Stock-based compensation presentation in the:
    • 1:09 – Balance sheet
    • 9:36 – Income statement
    • 11:34 – Statement of cash flows
    • 18:29 – Statement of stockholders’ equity
  • 20:58 – Key stock-based compensation disclosure requirements

For more information, see chapter 15 of our Financial statement presentation guide and our Stock-based compensation guide. You can also listen to the other episodes in this miniseries: 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guest
Ken Stoler is a partner in PwC’s National Office who specializes in financial reporting and plan design issues related to equity compensation arrangements, retirement and healthcare plans, and other benefits. He has helped companies navigate their employee compensation issues during IPOs, spin offs, acquisitions, and other major transactions or events. 

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our back-to-basics series on financial statement presentation and disclosure with an episode focused on stock-based compensation. This episode breaks down the key presentation and disclosure principles and how stock-based compensation is reflected in each of the financial statements.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 0:55 – Stock-based compensation presentation in the:
    • 1:09 – Balance sheet
    • 9:36 – Income statement
    • 11:34 – Statement of cash flows
    • 18:29 – Statement of stockholders’ equity
  • 20:58 – Key stock-based compensation disclosure requirements

For more information, see chapter 15 of our Financial statement presentation guide and our Stock-based compensation guide. You can also listen to the other episodes in this miniseries: 

Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership.

About our guest
Ken Stoler is a partner in PwC’s National Office who specializes in financial reporting and plan design issues related to equity compensation arrangements, retirement and healthcare plans, and other benefits. He has helped companies navigate their employee compensation issues during IPOs, spin offs, acquisitions, and other major transactions or events. 

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16984747 Tue, 15 Apr 2025 15:00:00 -0400 2119 financial statement presentation, compensation employee benefits, reporting reset mini full false Sustainability now: Foundational reporting concepts Sustainability now: Foundational reporting concepts A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We're excited to continue our video podcast series on the foundations of sustainability reporting. Now watch along with our sustainability specialists as they discuss the latest on sustainability.

In this episode, we explore the foundational concepts that underpin sustainability reporting. From qualitative characteristics and connectivity with financial statements to measurement approaches and general disclosure requirements, we break down what preparers need to know under both the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) and International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) standards.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:52 – An overview of the foundations of sustainability reporting
  • 3:10 – The qualitative characteristics of sustainability reporting under ESRS and ISSB standards
  • 15:29 – Connectivity with the financial statements 
  • 18:12 – Three steps to develop quantitative measurements
  • 29:31 – General disclosure requirements under ESRS and ISSB standards

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting?

About our guest
Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We're excited to continue our video podcast series on the foundations of sustainability reporting. Now watch along with our sustainability specialists as they discuss the latest on sustainability.

In this episode, we explore the foundational concepts that underpin sustainability reporting. From qualitative characteristics and connectivity with financial statements to measurement approaches and general disclosure requirements, we break down what preparers need to know under both the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) and International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) standards.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:52 – An overview of the foundations of sustainability reporting
  • 3:10 – The qualitative characteristics of sustainability reporting under ESRS and ISSB standards
  • 15:29 – Connectivity with the financial statements 
  • 18:12 – Three steps to develop quantitative measurements
  • 29:31 – General disclosure requirements under ESRS and ISSB standards

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting?

About our guest
Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16953445 Thu, 10 Apr 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2459 esg, pwc esg full false Reporting reset – Consolidation disclosures Reporting reset – Consolidation disclosures We continue our back-to-basics series on financial statement presentation with an episode focused on consolidation disclosures. These disclosures can be complex, covering both consolidated entities – such as variable interest entities (VIEs) and voting interest entities (VOEs) – as well as variable interests in VIEs that are not consolidated. This episode breaks down the relevant frameworks, presentation principles, and disclosure requirements.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:00 – The purpose of consolidated financial statements and the guiding frameworks
  • 5:50 – General consolidation presentation and disclosure principles
  • 8:00 – Principles and objectives for the presentation and disclosure of variable interests in VIEs, including from the perspective of:
    • 12:22 – A holder of variable interests in a VIE, regardless of primary beneficiary status
    • 14:21 – A primary beneficiary of a VIE
    • 16:17 – An entity with variable interests in VIEs for which it is not the primary beneficiary
  • 20:35 – Presentation and disclosure considerations for VOEs

For more information, see chapter 18 of our Financial statement presentation guide and our Consolidation guide. You can also listen to the other episodes in this miniseries:

About our guests
Alexander Martin is a partner in PwC's Deals practice who specializes in helping clients solve complex accounting, financial reporting, and business issues arising from deals, structured transactions, and other transformational events. With over 15 years of experience, Alexander has deep expertise in US GAAP and SEC reporting, gained through his roles as an advisor in PwC's Deals practice, a regulator at the SEC, and most recently as a partner in PwC's National Office.

Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office who helps clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, consolidations, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.

About our guest host
Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our back-to-basics series on financial statement presentation with an episode focused on consolidation disclosures. These disclosures can be complex, covering both consolidated entities – such as variable interest entities (VIEs) and voting interest entities (VOEs) – as well as variable interests in VIEs that are not consolidated. This episode breaks down the relevant frameworks, presentation principles, and disclosure requirements.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:00 – The purpose of consolidated financial statements and the guiding frameworks
  • 5:50 – General consolidation presentation and disclosure principles
  • 8:00 – Principles and objectives for the presentation and disclosure of variable interests in VIEs, including from the perspective of:
    • 12:22 – A holder of variable interests in a VIE, regardless of primary beneficiary status
    • 14:21 – A primary beneficiary of a VIE
    • 16:17 – An entity with variable interests in VIEs for which it is not the primary beneficiary
  • 20:35 – Presentation and disclosure considerations for VOEs

For more information, see chapter 18 of our Financial statement presentation guide and our Consolidation guide. You can also listen to the other episodes in this miniseries:

About our guests
Alexander Martin is a partner in PwC's Deals practice who specializes in helping clients solve complex accounting, financial reporting, and business issues arising from deals, structured transactions, and other transformational events. With over 15 years of experience, Alexander has deep expertise in US GAAP and SEC reporting, gained through his roles as an advisor in PwC's Deals practice, a regulator at the SEC, and most recently as a partner in PwC's National Office.

Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office who helps clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, consolidations, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.

About our guest host
Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16939244 Tue, 08 Apr 2025 14:00:00 -0400 1618 financial statement presentation full false Sustainability now: Materiality matters Sustainability now: Materiality matters A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We're excited to continue our video podcast series on the foundations of sustainability reporting. Now watch along with our sustainability specialists as they discuss the latest on sustainability.

Despite the ever-changing landscape, materiality remains the cornerstone of sustainability reporting – and it’s here to stay. In this episode, we discuss how materiality is defined and applied under both the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) and International Sustainability Standards Board’s (ISSB) standards, highlighting key similarities and differences.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:13 – Understanding double materiality and impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs) in the ESRS framework
  • 19:15 – Considering long-term horizons, cumulative effects, and uncertainty under ESRS
  • 26:39 – Disclosure of relevant IROs under ESRS, including the importance of stakeholders 
  • 34:21 – The concept of materiality under ISSB standards
  • 40:23 – ISSB risks and opportunities

Identifying impacts, risks, and opportunities as well as performing a double materiality assessment are fundamental areas of reporting in accordance with ESRS that are not expected to be impacted by the European Commission’s “Omnibus” proposals at this time. For information on how the “Omnibus” proposals could impact reporting, check out PwC’s publication.

About our guest
Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We're excited to continue our video podcast series on the foundations of sustainability reporting. Now watch along with our sustainability specialists as they discuss the latest on sustainability.

Despite the ever-changing landscape, materiality remains the cornerstone of sustainability reporting – and it’s here to stay. In this episode, we discuss how materiality is defined and applied under both the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) and International Sustainability Standards Board’s (ISSB) standards, highlighting key similarities and differences.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:13 – Understanding double materiality and impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs) in the ESRS framework
  • 19:15 – Considering long-term horizons, cumulative effects, and uncertainty under ESRS
  • 26:39 – Disclosure of relevant IROs under ESRS, including the importance of stakeholders 
  • 34:21 – The concept of materiality under ISSB standards
  • 40:23 – ISSB risks and opportunities

Identifying impacts, risks, and opportunities as well as performing a double materiality assessment are fundamental areas of reporting in accordance with ESRS that are not expected to be impacted by the European Commission’s “Omnibus” proposals at this time. For information on how the “Omnibus” proposals could impact reporting, check out PwC’s publication.

About our guest
Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16911295 Thu, 03 Apr 2025 14:00:00 -0400 3135 esg, pwc esg full false Reporting reset – Fair value disclosures Reporting reset – Fair value disclosures We continue our back-to-basics series on financial statement presentation with an episode focused on fair value disclosures. Fair value measurements are used across many areas of financial reporting—and the related disclosure requirements can be extensive. From recurring versus nonrecurring measurement disclosures to those relating to fair value hierarchy, we highlight key considerations. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:09 – General fair value disclosure requirements
  • 8:13 – Fair value hierarchy disclosures
  • 14:52 – Disclosures of unobservable inputs and valuation techniques
  • 17:04 – Concentrations of credit risk and market risk disclosures
  • 18:35 – Fair value disclosures for instruments not measured at fair value
  • 19:48 – Applying the fair value option
  • 27:52 – SEC comment letter trends

For more information, see chapter 20 of our Financial statement presentation guide and our Fair value guide. You can also listen to the first episode in this series, Reporting reset – Presentation fundamentals. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to for the latest thought leadership. 

About our guest
Bret Dooley is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our back-to-basics series on financial statement presentation with an episode focused on fair value disclosures. Fair value measurements are used across many areas of financial reporting—and the related disclosure requirements can be extensive. From recurring versus nonrecurring measurement disclosures to those relating to fair value hierarchy, we highlight key considerations. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:09 – General fair value disclosure requirements
  • 8:13 – Fair value hierarchy disclosures
  • 14:52 – Disclosures of unobservable inputs and valuation techniques
  • 17:04 – Concentrations of credit risk and market risk disclosures
  • 18:35 – Fair value disclosures for instruments not measured at fair value
  • 19:48 – Applying the fair value option
  • 27:52 – SEC comment letter trends

For more information, see chapter 20 of our Financial statement presentation guide and our Fair value guide. You can also listen to the first episode in this series, Reporting reset – Presentation fundamentals. Be sure to follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to for the latest thought leadership. 

About our guest
Bret Dooley is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16897508 Tue, 01 Apr 2025 14:00:00 -0400 1950 financial statement presentation, reporting reset mini full false Sustainability now: Setting your reporting boundaries Sustainability now: Setting your reporting boundaries A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We're excited to continue our video podcast series on the foundations of sustainability reporting. Now watch along with our sustainability specialists as they discuss the latest on sustainability.

Understanding the boundaries, or reporting scope, of sustainability reporting frameworks, including with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards and IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards, is critical for compliance. In this episode, we explore key concepts like own operations, value chain, and time boundaries to help companies navigate sustainability reporting alongside financial reporting.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:08 – What the term “boundaries” means for sustainability reporting
  • 2:49 – How sustainability and financial reporting boundaries compare
  • 14:31 – Understanding upstream and downstream value chains and why they are part of sustainability reporting
  • 25:32 – Time horizons for reporting, including short, medium, and long term
  • 30:38 – How to handle changes in entity structure during the year

ICYMI: Check out the five episodes of this miniseries:

About our guest
Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We're excited to continue our video podcast series on the foundations of sustainability reporting. Now watch along with our sustainability specialists as they discuss the latest on sustainability.

Understanding the boundaries, or reporting scope, of sustainability reporting frameworks, including with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards and IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards, is critical for compliance. In this episode, we explore key concepts like own operations, value chain, and time boundaries to help companies navigate sustainability reporting alongside financial reporting.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:08 – What the term “boundaries” means for sustainability reporting
  • 2:49 – How sustainability and financial reporting boundaries compare
  • 14:31 – Understanding upstream and downstream value chains and why they are part of sustainability reporting
  • 25:32 – Time horizons for reporting, including short, medium, and long term
  • 30:38 – How to handle changes in entity structure during the year

ICYMI: Check out the five episodes of this miniseries:

About our guest
Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16871419 Thu, 27 Mar 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2204 esg, pwc esg full false Navigating tariff turbulence to your business and your accounting Navigating tariff turbulence to your business and your accounting Tariffs are dominating headlines and reshaping global trade. In this episode we break down what they may mean for businesses and financial reporting, and we share insights on how companies can prepare. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:44 – Overview of tariffs and the current state of play
  • 16:28 – Key financial reporting impacts
  • 21:12 – Reciprocal tariffs: Country- and industry-specific impacts
  • 25:44 – Accounting implications: Cost capitalization, customer contracts, asset impairments, income taxes, and disclosures
  • 37:30 – Strategies for managing tariff impacts

For more on this topic, read our publications, Accounting implications of tariffs and How Trump's tariffs could impact US companies. 

About our guests
Christopher Desmond is a leader in PwC's US Global Trade Services team with over 20 years of experience in transfer pricing. He is known for customized offerings in trade / tariffs combined with other specialties such as supply chain, transfer pricing, and international tax. Chris develops transfer pricing and value chain strategies to help clients manage their businesses using a “best foot forward” approach. 

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> Tariffs are dominating headlines and reshaping global trade. In this episode we break down what they may mean for businesses and financial reporting, and we share insights on how companies can prepare. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:44 – Overview of tariffs and the current state of play
  • 16:28 – Key financial reporting impacts
  • 21:12 – Reciprocal tariffs: Country- and industry-specific impacts
  • 25:44 – Accounting implications: Cost capitalization, customer contracts, asset impairments, income taxes, and disclosures
  • 37:30 – Strategies for managing tariff impacts

For more on this topic, read our publications, Accounting implications of tariffs and How Trump's tariffs could impact US companies. 

About our guests
Christopher Desmond is a leader in PwC's US Global Trade Services team with over 20 years of experience in transfer pricing. He is known for customized offerings in trade / tariffs combined with other specialties such as supply chain, transfer pricing, and international tax. Chris develops transfer pricing and value chain strategies to help clients manage their businesses using a “best foot forward” approach. 

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16816517 Tue, 18 Mar 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2875 tariffs full false Sustainability now: Navigating “Omnibus” uncertainty Sustainability now: Navigating “Omnibus” uncertainty A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We're excited to continue our video podcast series on the foundations of sustainability reporting. Now watch along with our sustainability specialists as they discuss the latest on sustainability.

In this bonus episode, we break down the EU’s Omnibus proposal released on February 26, covering key changes to the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), including potential impacts to timing and requirements. Join PwC’s Heather Horn and Diana Stoltzfus as they discuss the implications for companies and what’s next in the legislative process.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:46 – Background on the regulatory changes driving the Omnibus proposals
  • 5:20 – The process and timeline of the CSRD proposals
  • 9:58 – Two CSRD proposals – “stop the clock” and content revision – and potential implications
  • 29:30 – The next steps for these proposals
  • 31:40 – Proposed changes to EU Taxonomy regulations and member state transposition
  • 37:28 – How companies can consider these potential changes before they become final

ICYMI: Check out the first three episodes of this miniseries:

About our guest
Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We're excited to continue our video podcast series on the foundations of sustainability reporting. Now watch along with our sustainability specialists as they discuss the latest on sustainability.

In this bonus episode, we break down the EU’s Omnibus proposal released on February 26, covering key changes to the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), including potential impacts to timing and requirements. Join PwC’s Heather Horn and Diana Stoltzfus as they discuss the implications for companies and what’s next in the legislative process.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:46 – Background on the regulatory changes driving the Omnibus proposals
  • 5:20 – The process and timeline of the CSRD proposals
  • 9:58 – Two CSRD proposals – “stop the clock” and content revision – and potential implications
  • 29:30 – The next steps for these proposals
  • 31:40 – Proposed changes to EU Taxonomy regulations and member state transposition
  • 37:28 – How companies can consider these potential changes before they become final

ICYMI: Check out the first three episodes of this miniseries:

About our guest
Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16787426 Thu, 13 Mar 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2678 esg, pwc esg full false Sustainability now: Determining required reporting Sustainability now: Determining required reporting A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We're excited to continue a video podcast series on the foundations of sustainability reporting. Now watch along with our sustainability specialists as they discuss the latest on sustainability.

Understanding which sustainability reporting frameworks apply to your company is a crucial first step in compliance. In this episode, we break down the complexities of determining which reporting frameworks apply to which entities, from the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) to the International Sustainability Standards Board’s standards. We also explore how companies can navigate reporting requirements across jurisdictions.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:20 – Where to begin the reporting process
  • 4:29 – Determining if an entity falls under the CSRD requirements
  • 28:58 – ISSB adoption and global reporting considerations
  • 31:17 – Practical advice for companies navigating reporting developments

ICYMI: Check out the first two episodes of this miniseries, Sustainability now: Navigating shifts in the reporting landscape and Sustainability now: An overview of key reporting frameworks. 

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? 

  • *Refer to our publication on the EU Omnibus proposals to amend certain of the reporting requirements, including some that may be mentioned in this episode (this episode was recorded prior to the release of the Omnibus) 
  • Read PwC’s Sustainability reporting guide
  • Follow our series and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest
Valerie Wieman is a PwC National Office partner with over 30 years of experience. She is one of the firm’s technical experts on sustainability reporting and helps lead the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on domestic and international sustainability requirements.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

We're excited to continue a video podcast series on the foundations of sustainability reporting. Now watch along with our sustainability specialists as they discuss the latest on sustainability.

Understanding which sustainability reporting frameworks apply to your company is a crucial first step in compliance. In this episode, we break down the complexities of determining which reporting frameworks apply to which entities, from the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) to the International Sustainability Standards Board’s standards. We also explore how companies can navigate reporting requirements across jurisdictions.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:20 – Where to begin the reporting process
  • 4:29 – Determining if an entity falls under the CSRD requirements
  • 28:58 – ISSB adoption and global reporting considerations
  • 31:17 – Practical advice for companies navigating reporting developments

ICYMI: Check out the first two episodes of this miniseries, Sustainability now: Navigating shifts in the reporting landscape and Sustainability now: An overview of key reporting frameworks. 

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? 

  • *Refer to our publication on the EU Omnibus proposals to amend certain of the reporting requirements, including some that may be mentioned in this episode (this episode was recorded prior to the release of the Omnibus) 
  • Read PwC’s Sustainability reporting guide
  • Follow our series and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop.

About our guest
Valerie Wieman is a PwC National Office partner with over 30 years of experience. She is one of the firm’s technical experts on sustainability reporting and helps lead the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on domestic and international sustainability requirements.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16772646 Tue, 11 Mar 2025 14:00:00 -0400 2052 esg, pwc esg full false Sustainability now: An overview of the key reporting frameworks Sustainability now: An overview of the key reporting frameworks A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

In this episode, we continue with an overview of key frameworks, regulatory developments, and resources to leverage on the reporting journey. Host Heather Horn is joined by PwC sustainability reporting specialists and National Office partners, Marcin Olewinski, Diana Stolzfus, and Valerie Wieman to cover the key sustainability reporting frameworks that are expected to have the broadest impact globally as well as interoperability among them. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:45 – Overview of the key sustainability reporting frameworks expected to have the broadest impact globally
  • 5:07 – Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, or CSRD, as part of a broader EU regulatory regime*
  • 14:18 – International Sustainability Standards Board, or ISSB, standards and inoperability with other frameworks
  • 29:10 – GHG Protocol for mandatory and voluntary reporting of greenhouse gas emissions now and in the future 
  • 36:13 – Voluntary reporting frameworks including:
    • Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
    • Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)
    • Climate Disclosure Standards Board (CDSB)
    • Task Force on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD)
  • 44:53 – Practical advice on approaching sustainability reporting requirements in an evolving landscape

About our guests
Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

Valerie Wieman is a PwC National Office partner with over 30 years of experience. She is one of the firm’s technical experts on sustainability reporting and helps lead the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on domestic and international sustainability requirements.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> A video of this podcast is available on YouTube, Spotify, or PwC’s website at viewpoint.pwc.com.

In this episode, we continue with an overview of key frameworks, regulatory developments, and resources to leverage on the reporting journey. Host Heather Horn is joined by PwC sustainability reporting specialists and National Office partners, Marcin Olewinski, Diana Stolzfus, and Valerie Wieman to cover the key sustainability reporting frameworks that are expected to have the broadest impact globally as well as interoperability among them. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:45 – Overview of the key sustainability reporting frameworks expected to have the broadest impact globally
  • 5:07 – Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, or CSRD, as part of a broader EU regulatory regime*
  • 14:18 – International Sustainability Standards Board, or ISSB, standards and inoperability with other frameworks
  • 29:10 – GHG Protocol for mandatory and voluntary reporting of greenhouse gas emissions now and in the future 
  • 36:13 – Voluntary reporting frameworks including:
    • Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
    • Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)
    • Climate Disclosure Standards Board (CDSB)
    • Task Force on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD)
  • 44:53 – Practical advice on approaching sustainability reporting requirements in an evolving landscape

About our guests
Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office who helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.

Valerie Wieman is a PwC National Office partner with over 30 years of experience. She is one of the firm’s technical experts on sustainability reporting and helps lead the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on domestic and international sustainability requirements.

About our host
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16746021 Thu, 06 Mar 2025 14:00:00 -0500 2850 esg, pwc esg full false Disaggregated expense disclosures – The FASB’s new DISE standard Disaggregated expense disclosures – The FASB’s new DISE standard The FASB’s new disaggregation of income statement expenses (DISE) standard requires disclosures about specific types of expenses included in the expense captions presented on the face of the income statement as well as disclosures about selling expenses. In this episode, we explore the scope, key provisions, and practical challenges of implementing the new standard.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:32 – Overview of FASB’s DISE standard
  • 5:00 – Which entities are impacted by the new requirements
  • 7:53 – Key disclosure requirements, including tabular reporting
  • 13:26 – Challenges in disclosing inventory-related expenses
  • 20:07 – Use of estimates and data limitations in reporting
  • 27:33 – Transition timeline and practical steps for implementation

For more information, see our publication, FASB issues new disaggregated expense disclosure requirements (DISE). Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

About our guests:
Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies. 

Gary Sardo is a partner in PwC’s National Office who specializes in financial reporting matters that impact health industries and, more broadly, consults on a range of accounting topics, including acquisitions, divestitures, consolidation, and revenue recognition. Prior to this role, Gary completed a two-year fellowship at the FASB. 

About our host:
Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> The FASB’s new disaggregation of income statement expenses (DISE) standard requires disclosures about specific types of expenses included in the expense captions presented on the face of the income statement as well as disclosures about selling expenses. In this episode, we explore the scope, key provisions, and practical challenges of implementing the new standard.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:32 – Overview of FASB’s DISE standard
  • 5:00 – Which entities are impacted by the new requirements
  • 7:53 – Key disclosure requirements, including tabular reporting
  • 13:26 – Challenges in disclosing inventory-related expenses
  • 20:07 – Use of estimates and data limitations in reporting
  • 27:33 – Transition timeline and practical steps for implementation

For more information, see our publication, FASB issues new disaggregated expense disclosure requirements (DISE). Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

About our guests:
Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies. 

Gary Sardo is a partner in PwC’s National Office who specializes in financial reporting matters that impact health industries and, more broadly, consults on a range of accounting topics, including acquisitions, divestitures, consolidation, and revenue recognition. Prior to this role, Gary completed a two-year fellowship at the FASB. 

About our host:
Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16562322 Tue, 04 Feb 2025 14:00:00 -0500 1977 income statement full false Year-end toolkit: Reporting under IFRS Accounting Standards Year-end toolkit: Reporting under IFRS Accounting Standards In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone. In this bonus episode of our Year-end toolkit series, we share reminders and insights on IFRS reporting for companies that are getting ready to report in 2025. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:18 – Segment disclosures
  • 4:51 – Accounting standards newly applicable for December 31, 2024 year ends, including those related to:
    • 5:07 – Non-current liabilities with covenants
    • 7:25 – Supplier finance arrangements
    • 10:22 – Sale and leaseback transactions
  • 11:38 – Recent priorities and focus areas of European regulators that may impact US companies
  • 20:27 – Hyperinflationary economies
  • 23:36 – New IFRS accounting standards effective in 2025 and beyond and looking ahead to 2025 broadly

Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

About our guest:
Gary Berchowitz is the corporate accounting topic team leader in PwC’s Global Assurance Quality - Corporate Reporting Services group. Gary brings over 20 years of financial accounting experience, working to drive quality and connectivity throughout the PwC network and help local teams solve complex accounting issues in a practical way. Gary leads the development of PwC’s global view on a variety of financial reporting matters.

About our host:
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone. In this bonus episode of our Year-end toolkit series, we share reminders and insights on IFRS reporting for companies that are getting ready to report in 2025. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:18 – Segment disclosures
  • 4:51 – Accounting standards newly applicable for December 31, 2024 year ends, including those related to:
    • 5:07 – Non-current liabilities with covenants
    • 7:25 – Supplier finance arrangements
    • 10:22 – Sale and leaseback transactions
  • 11:38 – Recent priorities and focus areas of European regulators that may impact US companies
  • 20:27 – Hyperinflationary economies
  • 23:36 – New IFRS accounting standards effective in 2025 and beyond and looking ahead to 2025 broadly

Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

About our guest:
Gary Berchowitz is the corporate accounting topic team leader in PwC’s Global Assurance Quality - Corporate Reporting Services group. Gary brings over 20 years of financial accounting experience, working to drive quality and connectivity throughout the PwC network and help local teams solve complex accounting issues in a practical way. Gary leads the development of PwC’s global view on a variety of financial reporting matters.

About our host:
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16532628 Thu, 30 Jan 2025 14:00:00 -0500 1837 year-end accounting and reporting full false Year-end toolkit: New standards effective in 2025 Year-end toolkit: New standards effective in 2025 In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.

In this episode, we provide an overview of new standards effective in 2025. Our discussion will help get you up to speed as you prepare for 2025 (and don’t forget that the impact of adopting new standards may also need to be disclosed in your 2024 financial statements).

In this episode, we discuss new standards related to the following topics:

  • 2:08 – An overview of the new standards effective in 2025
  • 3:42 – Joint venture formations
  • 12:53 – Crypto assets
  • 24:39 – Profits interests and similar awards
  • 33:39 – Investments in tax credit entities

Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

About our guest:
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions.

About our host:
Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.

In this episode, we provide an overview of new standards effective in 2025. Our discussion will help get you up to speed as you prepare for 2025 (and don’t forget that the impact of adopting new standards may also need to be disclosed in your 2024 financial statements).

In this episode, we discuss new standards related to the following topics:

  • 2:08 – An overview of the new standards effective in 2025
  • 3:42 – Joint venture formations
  • 12:53 – Crypto assets
  • 24:39 – Profits interests and similar awards
  • 33:39 – Investments in tax credit entities

Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

About our guest:
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions.

About our host:
Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16518484 Tue, 28 Jan 2025 14:00:00 -0500 3029 year-end accounting and reporting full false Replay - Talking ESG: Can AI be sustainable? Replay - Talking ESG: Can AI be sustainable? We are revisiting a conversation on Talking ESG that was originally recorded in September at NYC Climate Week to highlight our host and guest appearing together on The Atlantic's podcast, The Most Interesting Thing In A.I. In both episodes, they examine the intersection of two trending topics: AI and sustainability, discussing the environmental impact of AI and the balance between AI's benefits and its environmental footprint.

Listen in to this reissued episode in which Scott Likens, PwC Global Chief AI Engineer, and host Heather and Horn discuss:

  • 3:17 – How AI is impacting sustainability
  • 8:54 – Why AI and sustainability aren’t necessarily opposing forces
  • 17:28 – Practical examples of utilizing AI to optimize energy usage
  • 28:22 – The broader benefits of using AI to impact sustainability
  • 31:05 – Balancing AI’s benefits with its environmental footprint
  • 38:32 – Advice for both companies and individuals leveraging AI

Also listen as Heather and Scott were guests on The Atlantic's The Most Interesting Thing In A.I. podcast hosted by Nicholas Thompson. In that episode, they expanded the dialogue on AI and its role in addressing climate concerns to further examine the balance between leveraging AI for progress and mitigating its environmental impact.

Looking for more from PwC on AI? Check out PwC’s 2024 US Responsible AI Survey and 2025 AI Business Predictions.

Scott Likens is the Global and US Chief AI Engineer leading and overseeing the AI Engineering and Emerging Technology teams in the United States. With more than 30 years of emerging technology experience, he has helped clients transform their customer experience and enhance their digital operations across all aspects of their business.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We are revisiting a conversation on Talking ESG that was originally recorded in September at NYC Climate Week to highlight our host and guest appearing together on The Atlantic's podcast, The Most Interesting Thing In A.I. In both episodes, they examine the intersection of two trending topics: AI and sustainability, discussing the environmental impact of AI and the balance between AI's benefits and its environmental footprint.

Listen in to this reissued episode in which Scott Likens, PwC Global Chief AI Engineer, and host Heather and Horn discuss:

  • 3:17 – How AI is impacting sustainability
  • 8:54 – Why AI and sustainability aren’t necessarily opposing forces
  • 17:28 – Practical examples of utilizing AI to optimize energy usage
  • 28:22 – The broader benefits of using AI to impact sustainability
  • 31:05 – Balancing AI’s benefits with its environmental footprint
  • 38:32 – Advice for both companies and individuals leveraging AI

Also listen as Heather and Scott were guests on The Atlantic's The Most Interesting Thing In A.I. podcast hosted by Nicholas Thompson. In that episode, they expanded the dialogue on AI and its role in addressing climate concerns to further examine the balance between leveraging AI for progress and mitigating its environmental impact.

Looking for more from PwC on AI? Check out PwC’s 2024 US Responsible AI Survey and 2025 AI Business Predictions.

Scott Likens is the Global and US Chief AI Engineer leading and overseeing the AI Engineering and Emerging Technology teams in the United States. With more than 30 years of emerging technology experience, he has helped clients transform their customer experience and enhance their digital operations across all aspects of their business.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16490064 Thu, 23 Jan 2025 14:00:00 -0500 2457 esg, pwc esg full false Year-end toolkit: Engaging effectively with your audit committee Year-end toolkit: Engaging effectively with your audit committee In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone. 

In this episode, we talk about the audit committee from the perspective of management. We discuss strategies for finance teams as they prepare for audit committee meetings to elevate their effectiveness, along with the top issues audit committees are focused on for 2025.  

In this episode, we discuss:  

  • 2:31 – Strategies for improving management communication and collaboration with audit committees
  • 5:00 – Key issues finance teams should prepare to address with audit committees in 2025, including:
    • 5:23 – Impacts of the presidential administration change
    • 8:03 – Best practices for managing the board agenda
    • 12:50 – The role of technology transformation and AI in business
    • 17:09 – Navigating mergers and acquisitions effectively   
    • 22:40 – Strengthening risk oversight and enhancing disclosures
  • 26:22 – Insights into core areas of audit committee oversight, including financial reporting and controls
  • 36:33 – Trends and best practices in public company audit committee disclosures 

Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

About our guest:

Stephen Parker is a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, which strives to strengthen the connection between directors, executive teams, and investors by helping them navigate the evolving governance landscape. With more than 30 years of experience, Stephen has advised boards of directors on a variety of complex financial reporting matters. Stephen’s client service experience includes energy and utility companies, financial services companies, and nonprofits.

About our host:

Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone. 

In this episode, we talk about the audit committee from the perspective of management. We discuss strategies for finance teams as they prepare for audit committee meetings to elevate their effectiveness, along with the top issues audit committees are focused on for 2025.  

In this episode, we discuss:  

  • 2:31 – Strategies for improving management communication and collaboration with audit committees
  • 5:00 – Key issues finance teams should prepare to address with audit committees in 2025, including:
    • 5:23 – Impacts of the presidential administration change
    • 8:03 – Best practices for managing the board agenda
    • 12:50 – The role of technology transformation and AI in business
    • 17:09 – Navigating mergers and acquisitions effectively   
    • 22:40 – Strengthening risk oversight and enhancing disclosures
  • 26:22 – Insights into core areas of audit committee oversight, including financial reporting and controls
  • 36:33 – Trends and best practices in public company audit committee disclosures 

Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

About our guest:

Stephen Parker is a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, which strives to strengthen the connection between directors, executive teams, and investors by helping them navigate the evolving governance landscape. With more than 30 years of experience, Stephen has advised boards of directors on a variety of complex financial reporting matters. Stephen’s client service experience includes energy and utility companies, financial services companies, and nonprofits.

About our host:

Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16478065 Tue, 21 Jan 2025 14:00:00 -0500 2716 year-end accounting and reporting full false Year-end toolkit: Tax accounting and reporting reminders for 2025 Year-end toolkit: Tax accounting and reporting reminders for 2025 In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.

In this next episode of our series, we discuss tax accounting and reporting reminders with Jennifer Spang, PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader. We cover a variety of tax accounting and reporting topics, including the impact of recent election results and the associated tax impacts expected in 2025.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:40 – Anticipated tax implications following the 2024 US election results
  • 10:50 – Pillar Two 
  • 17:36 – The FASB’s disclosure standard 
  • 21:58 – Uncertain tax positions
  • 27:56 – Inflation Reduction Act credits and valuation allowances
  • 32:43 – Advice for year-end income tax accounting

For more information about key developments at the AICPA & CIMA conference, see our publication, 2024 AICPA & CIMA Conference: Current SEC and PCAOB Developments and see our publication, Accounting for Pillar Two: Frequently asked questions for the latest on the topic.

Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:

And please follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Jennifer Spang is PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 30 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.

Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.

In this next episode of our series, we discuss tax accounting and reporting reminders with Jennifer Spang, PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader. We cover a variety of tax accounting and reporting topics, including the impact of recent election results and the associated tax impacts expected in 2025.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:40 – Anticipated tax implications following the 2024 US election results
  • 10:50 – Pillar Two 
  • 17:36 – The FASB’s disclosure standard 
  • 21:58 – Uncertain tax positions
  • 27:56 – Inflation Reduction Act credits and valuation allowances
  • 32:43 – Advice for year-end income tax accounting

For more information about key developments at the AICPA & CIMA conference, see our publication, 2024 AICPA & CIMA Conference: Current SEC and PCAOB Developments and see our publication, Accounting for Pillar Two: Frequently asked questions for the latest on the topic.

Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:

And please follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Jennifer Spang is PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 30 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.

Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16408641 Thu, 09 Jan 2025 14:00:00 -0500 2250 year-end accounting and reporting full false Year-end toolkit: Audit reminders for preparers Year-end toolkit: Audit reminders for preparers In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone. 

In this next episode of our miniseries, we discuss audit-related reminders for preparers with Brian Croteau, PwC’s US Chief Auditor. In this episode we share timely insights for preparers to consider for the year-end audit, which is another important part of year-end accounting and reporting. 

In this episode, we discuss auditing considerations related to: 

  • 3:13 – Key takeaways from the AICPA & CIMA Conference: Current SEC and PCAOB Developments
  • 12:06 – Accounting policies and controls
  • 20:28 – The execution or modification of significant contracts and agreements
  • 23:08 – Complete and accurate disclosures within the financial statements 
  • 26:48 – Independence
  • 28:54 – Known or suspected fraud or illegal acts 
  • 34:44 – AI in financial reporting

For more information about key developments at the AICPA & CIMA conference, see our publication, 2024 AICPA & CIMA Conference: Current SEC and PCAOB Developments. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:

Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Brian Croteau is the US Chief Auditor. He oversees the establishment and maintenance of PwC’s audit policies and practices, leads efforts to directly support PwC’s audit quality objectives, and plays a key role in the monitoring and assessment of audit quality. He also leads the firm’s efforts related to its relationship with the PCAOB, including supporting all aspects of the PCAOB’s inspection process. Brian currently serves as a member of the PCAOB’s Standards and Emerging Issues Advisory Group (SEIAG) and the SEIAG’s Emerging Issues in Auditing subcommittee. Prior to rejoining PwC, he served as the Deputy Chief Accountant of the Professional Practice Group within the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC where he played a key role in the SEC’s oversight of the activities of the PCAOB, managed the resolution of auditor independence issues and ethical matters, and monitored audit and independence standard setting internationally.

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone. 

In this next episode of our miniseries, we discuss audit-related reminders for preparers with Brian Croteau, PwC’s US Chief Auditor. In this episode we share timely insights for preparers to consider for the year-end audit, which is another important part of year-end accounting and reporting. 

In this episode, we discuss auditing considerations related to: 

  • 3:13 – Key takeaways from the AICPA & CIMA Conference: Current SEC and PCAOB Developments
  • 12:06 – Accounting policies and controls
  • 20:28 – The execution or modification of significant contracts and agreements
  • 23:08 – Complete and accurate disclosures within the financial statements 
  • 26:48 – Independence
  • 28:54 – Known or suspected fraud or illegal acts 
  • 34:44 – AI in financial reporting

For more information about key developments at the AICPA & CIMA conference, see our publication, 2024 AICPA & CIMA Conference: Current SEC and PCAOB Developments. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:

Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Brian Croteau is the US Chief Auditor. He oversees the establishment and maintenance of PwC’s audit policies and practices, leads efforts to directly support PwC’s audit quality objectives, and plays a key role in the monitoring and assessment of audit quality. He also leads the firm’s efforts related to its relationship with the PCAOB, including supporting all aspects of the PCAOB’s inspection process. Brian currently serves as a member of the PCAOB’s Standards and Emerging Issues Advisory Group (SEIAG) and the SEIAG’s Emerging Issues in Auditing subcommittee. Prior to rejoining PwC, he served as the Deputy Chief Accountant of the Professional Practice Group within the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC where he played a key role in the SEC’s oversight of the activities of the PCAOB, managed the resolution of auditor independence issues and ethical matters, and monitored audit and independence standard setting internationally.

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16397954 Tue, 07 Jan 2025 14:00:00 -0500 2335 year-end accounting and reporting full false Year-end toolkit: Accounting and reporting reminders for 2025 Year-end toolkit: Accounting and reporting reminders for 2025 In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.

In this next episode of our series, we discuss accounting and reporting reminders and timely insights with some of the top technical leaders from our National Office. A one-stop shop for year end, we cover a variety of accounting and reporting topics from contract modifications to financing transactions to segments and many things in between.

In this episode, we discuss accounting and reporting reminders related to:

  • 2:03 – Natural disasters
  • 6:04 – Highly inflationary economies
  • 8:20 – Tax regulatory landscape
  • 12:07 – Close calls on impairments and other accounting estimates
  • 14:13 – Revenue
  • 15:56 – Contract modifications
  • 25:41 – Capital raising transactions
  • 32:35 – Statement of cash flows
  • 37:05 – Segment reporting
  • 43:28 – Supplier finance obligations
  • 44:59 – New standards and looking ahead to 2025

Check out the other episode in this miniseries, Year-end toolkit: Year in review from the corner office. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. She has over 30 years of experience consulting with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters.

Bret Dooley is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.

In this next episode of our series, we discuss accounting and reporting reminders and timely insights with some of the top technical leaders from our National Office. A one-stop shop for year end, we cover a variety of accounting and reporting topics from contract modifications to financing transactions to segments and many things in between.

In this episode, we discuss accounting and reporting reminders related to:

  • 2:03 – Natural disasters
  • 6:04 – Highly inflationary economies
  • 8:20 – Tax regulatory landscape
  • 12:07 – Close calls on impairments and other accounting estimates
  • 14:13 – Revenue
  • 15:56 – Contract modifications
  • 25:41 – Capital raising transactions
  • 32:35 – Statement of cash flows
  • 37:05 – Segment reporting
  • 43:28 – Supplier finance obligations
  • 44:59 – New standards and looking ahead to 2025

Check out the other episode in this miniseries, Year-end toolkit: Year in review from the corner office. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. She has over 30 years of experience consulting with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters.

Bret Dooley is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters

Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.

Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16370775 Thu, 02 Jan 2025 14:00:00 -0500 3179 year-end accounting and reporting full false 2024 Year-end toolkit: Year in review from the corner office 2024 Year-end toolkit: Year in review from the corner office In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.

To kick off the series, host Heather Horn is joined by Tim Carey, PwC National Office leader, and Kyle Moffatt, PwC National Office Professional Practice leader, to reflect on the key developments of 2024 from their perspectives and look ahead at what’s to come in 2025. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:45 – External factors impacting accounting and reporting, including the presidential election and the recent AICPA/SEC conference
  • 10:11 – Supreme Court case rulings impacting financial regulation and rulemaking from the year
  • 15:17 – What’s on the horizon for cryptocurrency accounting and the latest on the cybersecurity disclosure rule
  • 27:32 – Notable regulatory activity from the PCAOB, including the costs and benefits of current proposed rules
  • 40:21 – What role the FASB plays in the current regulatory and rulemaking landscape
  • 47:12 – SEC climate disclosure rule and other sustainability requirements
  • 53:30 – What’s in store for 2025

Tim Carey is PwC’s National Office leader, with 30+ years of experience in complex accounting, tax, and reporting issues. Tim has led large-scale teams on a wide range of projects including financial statement audits, transaction structuring, financial due diligence, and post-merger integration.

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.

To kick off the series, host Heather Horn is joined by Tim Carey, PwC National Office leader, and Kyle Moffatt, PwC National Office Professional Practice leader, to reflect on the key developments of 2024 from their perspectives and look ahead at what’s to come in 2025. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:45 – External factors impacting accounting and reporting, including the presidential election and the recent AICPA/SEC conference
  • 10:11 – Supreme Court case rulings impacting financial regulation and rulemaking from the year
  • 15:17 – What’s on the horizon for cryptocurrency accounting and the latest on the cybersecurity disclosure rule
  • 27:32 – Notable regulatory activity from the PCAOB, including the costs and benefits of current proposed rules
  • 40:21 – What role the FASB plays in the current regulatory and rulemaking landscape
  • 47:12 – SEC climate disclosure rule and other sustainability requirements
  • 53:30 – What’s in store for 2025

Tim Carey is PwC’s National Office leader, with 30+ years of experience in complex accounting, tax, and reporting issues. Tim has led large-scale teams on a wide range of projects including financial statement audits, transaction structuring, financial due diligence, and post-merger integration.

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16310066 Thu, 19 Dec 2024 14:00:00 -0500 3575 accounting and reporting full false Foreign private issuers – SEC comment letter trends and more Foreign private issuers – SEC comment letter trends and more This next episode of our 2024 SEC comment letter podcast miniseries discusses Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs). Many of the considerations we talk about for other SEC filers also apply to FPIs; however, there can be some differences and added complexities. We discuss the issues most frequently raised by the SEC staff, including those unique to FPIs, and offer advice to preparers for getting ahead of them. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 7:24 – Comment letter trends specific to FPIs, including those related to: 
    • 8:55 – Non-GAAP performance measures
    • 16:15 – Segment reporting
    • 21:32 – Revenue
    • 25:01 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis
    • 30:29 – Financial instruments
  • 41:39 – FPI status re-assessment
  • 44:53 – IFRS segment reporting considerations  
  • 47:45 – Other accounting and reporting reminders related to FPIs

For more information, see our full analysis of SEC comment letter trends. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:

Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Patrick Higgins is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for our SEC foreign private issuer and IFRS teams. Patrick has also served as a global signing partner in a variety of countries and industries.   

Kevin Vaughn is a PwC National Office partner specializing in SEC reporting matters. Kevin leverages his extensive experience to support PwC public company and pre-IPO clients on accounting and SEC reporting matters. Prior to joining PwC in 2023, Kevin spent over 18 years at the SEC, most recently serving on the leadership team in the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant where he focused on technical accounting consultations, SEC rulemakings, and standard setting matters.

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> This next episode of our 2024 SEC comment letter podcast miniseries discusses Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs). Many of the considerations we talk about for other SEC filers also apply to FPIs; however, there can be some differences and added complexities. We discuss the issues most frequently raised by the SEC staff, including those unique to FPIs, and offer advice to preparers for getting ahead of them. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 7:24 – Comment letter trends specific to FPIs, including those related to: 
    • 8:55 – Non-GAAP performance measures
    • 16:15 – Segment reporting
    • 21:32 – Revenue
    • 25:01 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis
    • 30:29 – Financial instruments
  • 41:39 – FPI status re-assessment
  • 44:53 – IFRS segment reporting considerations  
  • 47:45 – Other accounting and reporting reminders related to FPIs

For more information, see our full analysis of SEC comment letter trends. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:

Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Patrick Higgins is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for our SEC foreign private issuer and IFRS teams. Patrick has also served as a global signing partner in a variety of countries and industries.   

Kevin Vaughn is a PwC National Office partner specializing in SEC reporting matters. Kevin leverages his extensive experience to support PwC public company and pre-IPO clients on accounting and SEC reporting matters. Prior to joining PwC in 2023, Kevin spent over 18 years at the SEC, most recently serving on the leadership team in the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant where he focused on technical accounting consultations, SEC rulemakings, and standard setting matters.

Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16254184 Tue, 10 Dec 2024 14:00:00 -0500 3428 sec reporting, 2023 sec comment letter trends full false Talking GHG: Practical insights on measuring scope 3 emissions Talking GHG: Practical insights on measuring scope 3 emissions In the sixth episode of our GHG miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting, we conclude our discussion on step 4: measure greenhouse gas emissions with scope 3 emissions. Host Heather Horn is joined again by Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, and Chris Ostermann, a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group, to provide an introduction to scope 3 emissions, including an overview of their 15 categories downstream and upstream as well as the complexities in measuring these emissions. They share practical advice for measuring these emissions, which often yield more challenges than scope 1 and scope 2.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 01:54 – Scope 3 emissions and their related upstream and downstream categories
  • 10:49 – Double counting scope 3 emissions and its impact on greenhouse gas emissions reporting
  • 15: 33 – The measurement requirements of scope 3 emissions, including ESRS and ISSB frameworks 
  • 25:01 – Where to start when gathering data for key assumptions in the measurement of scope 3 emissions
  • 35:09 – Time boundaries for applicable scope 3 categories
  • 38:53 – Deciding where to prioritize efforts on scope 3 measurement 

For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including scope 3 emissions discussed in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide. And to catch up on the GHG miniseries, listen to the first four episodes below.

Marcin Olewinksi is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

Chris Ostermann is a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group working on sustainability and ESG matters with companies across multiple sectors. He focuses on helping clients understand their most significant sustainability/ESG impacts, develop strategies to address those impacts, execute those strategies and communicate progress to investors and other stakeholders.

Heather Horn

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In the sixth episode of our GHG miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting, we conclude our discussion on step 4: measure greenhouse gas emissions with scope 3 emissions. Host Heather Horn is joined again by Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, and Chris Ostermann, a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group, to provide an introduction to scope 3 emissions, including an overview of their 15 categories downstream and upstream as well as the complexities in measuring these emissions. They share practical advice for measuring these emissions, which often yield more challenges than scope 1 and scope 2.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 01:54 – Scope 3 emissions and their related upstream and downstream categories
  • 10:49 – Double counting scope 3 emissions and its impact on greenhouse gas emissions reporting
  • 15: 33 – The measurement requirements of scope 3 emissions, including ESRS and ISSB frameworks 
  • 25:01 – Where to start when gathering data for key assumptions in the measurement of scope 3 emissions
  • 35:09 – Time boundaries for applicable scope 3 categories
  • 38:53 – Deciding where to prioritize efforts on scope 3 measurement 

For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including scope 3 emissions discussed in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide. And to catch up on the GHG miniseries, listen to the first four episodes below.

Marcin Olewinksi is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

Chris Ostermann is a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group working on sustainability and ESG matters with companies across multiple sectors. He focuses on helping clients understand their most significant sustainability/ESG impacts, develop strategies to address those impacts, execute those strategies and communicate progress to investors and other stakeholders.

Heather Horn

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16227128 Thu, 05 Dec 2024 14:00:00 -0500 2673 esg, pwc esg full false Talking GHG: Practical insights on measuring scope 2 emissions Talking GHG: Practical insights on measuring scope 2 emissions In our fifth episode of our miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting, we discuss step 4: measure greenhouse gas emissions, continuing with scope 2 emissions. Host Heather Horn is joined again by Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, and Chris Ostermann, a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group, to kick off the second of three episodes focused on measuring greenhouse gases. They will share more of what they’re seeing in practice working with companies who are calculating these emissions, a must listen given the complexity of the challenges can grow moving from scope 1 to scope 2 emissions.

In this episode, they discuss:

  • 02:05 – Scope 2 emissions — how they are different from scope 1 emissions and the formula for calculating them
  • 06:39 – Location-based and market-based methods for calculating scope 2 emissions
  • 16:02 – Bundled and unbundled instruments and their related challenges
  • 19:59 – Importance of selecting appropriate emission factors
  • 27:39 – Reporting scope 2 emissions, including selecting the right calculation method to report

For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including scope 2 emissions discussed in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide. And to catch up on the GHG miniseries, listen to the first four episodes below.

Marcin Olewinksi is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

Chris Ostermann is a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group working on sustainability and ESG matters with companies across multiple sectors. He focuses on helping clients understand their most significant sustainability/ESG impacts, develop strategies to address those impacts, execute those strategies and communicate progress to investors and other stakeholders.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In our fifth episode of our miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting, we discuss step 4: measure greenhouse gas emissions, continuing with scope 2 emissions. Host Heather Horn is joined again by Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, and Chris Ostermann, a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group, to kick off the second of three episodes focused on measuring greenhouse gases. They will share more of what they’re seeing in practice working with companies who are calculating these emissions, a must listen given the complexity of the challenges can grow moving from scope 1 to scope 2 emissions.

In this episode, they discuss:

  • 02:05 – Scope 2 emissions — how they are different from scope 1 emissions and the formula for calculating them
  • 06:39 – Location-based and market-based methods for calculating scope 2 emissions
  • 16:02 – Bundled and unbundled instruments and their related challenges
  • 19:59 – Importance of selecting appropriate emission factors
  • 27:39 – Reporting scope 2 emissions, including selecting the right calculation method to report

For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including scope 2 emissions discussed in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide. And to catch up on the GHG miniseries, listen to the first four episodes below.

Marcin Olewinksi is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

Chris Ostermann is a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group working on sustainability and ESG matters with companies across multiple sectors. He focuses on helping clients understand their most significant sustainability/ESG impacts, develop strategies to address those impacts, execute those strategies and communicate progress to investors and other stakeholders.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16147240 Fri, 22 Nov 2024 13:00:00 -0500 2069 esg, pwc esg full false Talking GHG: Practical insights on measuring scope 1 emissions Talking GHG: Practical insights on measuring scope 1 emissions In the fourth episode of our miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting, we discuss step 4: measure greenhouse gas emissions, starting with scope 1 emissions. Host Heather Horn and frequent ESG podcast guest Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, are joined by Chris Ostermann, a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group, to kick off the first of three episodes focused on measuring greenhouse gases. They will share what they’re seeing in practice working with companies who are calculating these emissions, including successes and (preventable) misapplications.

In this episode, they discuss:

  • 02:24 – Scope 1 GHG emissions, including identifying sources and a complete inventory
  • 07:05 – Methods for measuring scope 1 emissions and how to select a measurement approach
  • 16:56 – Challenges associated with collecting data inputs
  • 22:53 – Explaining emissions factors and the challenges in selecting emissions factors for the emissions calculation
  • 33:17 – Global warming potentials and their impact on the calculation of scope 1 emissions
  • 41:33 – Practical advice from working with clients

For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including scope 1 emissions discussed in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide. And to catch up on the GHG miniseries, listen to the first three episodes below.

Marcin Olewinksi is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

Chris Ostermann is a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group working on sustainability and ESG matters with companies across multiple sectors. He focuses on helping clients understand their most significant sustainability/ESG impacts, develop strategies to address those impacts, execute those strategies and communicate progress to investors and other stakeholders.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In the fourth episode of our miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting, we discuss step 4: measure greenhouse gas emissions, starting with scope 1 emissions. Host Heather Horn and frequent ESG podcast guest Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, are joined by Chris Ostermann, a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group, to kick off the first of three episodes focused on measuring greenhouse gases. They will share what they’re seeing in practice working with companies who are calculating these emissions, including successes and (preventable) misapplications.

In this episode, they discuss:

  • 02:24 – Scope 1 GHG emissions, including identifying sources and a complete inventory
  • 07:05 – Methods for measuring scope 1 emissions and how to select a measurement approach
  • 16:56 – Challenges associated with collecting data inputs
  • 22:53 – Explaining emissions factors and the challenges in selecting emissions factors for the emissions calculation
  • 33:17 – Global warming potentials and their impact on the calculation of scope 1 emissions
  • 41:33 – Practical advice from working with clients

For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including scope 1 emissions discussed in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide. And to catch up on the GHG miniseries, listen to the first three episodes below.

Marcin Olewinksi is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

Chris Ostermann is a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group working on sustainability and ESG matters with companies across multiple sectors. He focuses on helping clients understand their most significant sustainability/ESG impacts, develop strategies to address those impacts, execute those strategies and communicate progress to investors and other stakeholders.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16107429 Thu, 14 Nov 2024 14:00:00 -0500 2742 esg, pwc esg full false Talking GHG: Determining operational boundaries Talking GHG: Determining operational boundaries In the third episode of our miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting, we discuss step 3: determine operational boundaries. Host Heather Horn is joined again by Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, and Kelsey Pizza, a senior manager in PwC’s National Office, who illustrate the importance of correctly identifying operational boundaries and the impact on the accuracy of GHG reporting. They also discuss how it’s a critical step to helping organizations clearly define and understand the scope of their emissions.

Because different frameworks may prescribe different approaches while others provide some flexibility, it is key to understand your reporting requirements (as discussed in the first episode in this miniseries, Talking GHG: Reporting requirements for greenhouse gas emissions). We’ll highlight different approaches and the impacts (sometimes more significant than one would expect) that an organizational boundary may have on reporting. 

In this episode, they discuss:

  • 2:34 – What operational boundaries are and how they interact with organizational boundaries
  • 4:37 - Overview of scope 1, scope 2, and scope 3 emissions and classification
  • 10:44 – How and why operational boundaries are determined
  • 18:13 - Challenges in classifying emissions from leased assets and the impact of different sustainability frameworks
  • 34:19 – Practical advice for determining operational boundaries 

For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including the scope 2 emissions discussed in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide. And to catch up on the GHG miniseries, listen to the first two episodes below.

Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

Kelsey Pizza is a senior manager in PwC’s National Office. She provides advice on technical accounting issues and monitors developments in financial reporting and standard setting. Kelsey helps develop PwC thought leadership, with a particular focus on sustainability reporting, clean and renewable energy accounting matters, and other topics affecting the utilities and sustainable energy sector.

Heather Horn

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> In the third episode of our miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting, we discuss step 3: determine operational boundaries. Host Heather Horn is joined again by Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, and Kelsey Pizza, a senior manager in PwC’s National Office, who illustrate the importance of correctly identifying operational boundaries and the impact on the accuracy of GHG reporting. They also discuss how it’s a critical step to helping organizations clearly define and understand the scope of their emissions.

Because different frameworks may prescribe different approaches while others provide some flexibility, it is key to understand your reporting requirements (as discussed in the first episode in this miniseries, Talking GHG: Reporting requirements for greenhouse gas emissions). We’ll highlight different approaches and the impacts (sometimes more significant than one would expect) that an organizational boundary may have on reporting. 

In this episode, they discuss:

  • 2:34 – What operational boundaries are and how they interact with organizational boundaries
  • 4:37 - Overview of scope 1, scope 2, and scope 3 emissions and classification
  • 10:44 – How and why operational boundaries are determined
  • 18:13 - Challenges in classifying emissions from leased assets and the impact of different sustainability frameworks
  • 34:19 – Practical advice for determining operational boundaries 

For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including the scope 2 emissions discussed in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide. And to catch up on the GHG miniseries, listen to the first two episodes below.

Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.

Kelsey Pizza is a senior manager in PwC’s National Office. She provides advice on technical accounting issues and monitors developments in financial reporting and standard setting. Kelsey helps develop PwC thought leadership, with a particular focus on sustainability reporting, clean and renewable energy accounting matters, and other topics affecting the utilities and sustainable energy sector.

Heather Horn

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16065806 Thu, 07 Nov 2024 13:00:00 -0500 2325 esg, pwc esg full false Talking ESG and reducing GHG with a chief sustainability officer Talking ESG and reducing GHG with a chief sustainability officer This week, host Heather Horn is joined by a chief sustainability officer (CSO), whose impressive background in paleoclimate geology has propelled her into the world of sustainability. Allyson Anderson Book from Baker Hughes provides a practical perspective on her sustainability journey as a CSO. She shares the challenges overcome and perseverance needed in getting to the accomplishments – decarbonization and good reporting on the company’s efforts.

In this episode, they discuss:

  • 6:23 – A CSO’s view on the role of reporting
  • 11:51 – Background on the company and how it is thinking about its emissions profile and its customers’
  • 24:55 – The importance of prioritizing data fidelity and management
  • 29:56 – What to think about when accounting for emissions
  • 33:31 – The pros and cons of absolute versus intensity measurement of emissions
  • 46:02 – Expected results when stakeholders are involved in sustainability efforts
  • 50:07 – Advice on navigating your company’s own sustainability journey from a CSO

Enjoy hearing from Allyson in today’s episode? Tune in to PwC’s Quarterly sustainability webcast on Thursday, November 7 or Wednesday, November 13 when she will discuss energy transition. Register here.

Allyson Anderson Book is the Chief Sustainability Officer at Baker Hughes, an energy technology company that provides solutions for energy and industrial customers worldwide. Before joining Baker Hughes, Allyson served as the executive director of the American Geosciences Institute, and she has held several academic, policy, and senior government positions.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> This week, host Heather Horn is joined by a chief sustainability officer (CSO), whose impressive background in paleoclimate geology has propelled her into the world of sustainability. Allyson Anderson Book from Baker Hughes provides a practical perspective on her sustainability journey as a CSO. She shares the challenges overcome and perseverance needed in getting to the accomplishments – decarbonization and good reporting on the company’s efforts.

In this episode, they discuss:

  • 6:23 – A CSO’s view on the role of reporting
  • 11:51 – Background on the company and how it is thinking about its emissions profile and its customers’
  • 24:55 – The importance of prioritizing data fidelity and management
  • 29:56 – What to think about when accounting for emissions
  • 33:31 – The pros and cons of absolute versus intensity measurement of emissions
  • 46:02 – Expected results when stakeholders are involved in sustainability efforts
  • 50:07 – Advice on navigating your company’s own sustainability journey from a CSO

Enjoy hearing from Allyson in today’s episode? Tune in to PwC’s Quarterly sustainability webcast on Thursday, November 7 or Wednesday, November 13 when she will discuss energy transition. Register here.

Allyson Anderson Book is the Chief Sustainability Officer at Baker Hughes, an energy technology company that provides solutions for energy and industrial customers worldwide. Before joining Baker Hughes, Allyson served as the executive director of the American Geosciences Institute, and she has held several academic, policy, and senior government positions.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16026627 Thu, 31 Oct 2024 14:00:00 -0400 3228 esg, pwc esg full false Equity interest accounting – The measurement alternative and more Equity interest accounting – The measurement alternative and more We wrap up our miniseries on loans and investments with a discussion of the accounting for equity interests, a topic that can impact companies across all industries.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:02 – Equity interests in scope of ASC 321, Investments—Equity Securities
  • 13:19 – Determining whether an equity interest has a readily determinable fair value
  • 15:10 – An overview of the “measurement alternative,” including:
    • 22:27 – Impairment of equity interests
    • 25:31 – Identifying observable transactions

For more information, see chapter 2 of our Loans and investments guide. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:

Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National Office with nearly 30 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial services clients on treasury-related matters.

Christopher Gerdau is a partner in PwC’s National Office specializing in accounting for financial instruments and banking-related topics. Chris also conducts technical reviews of SEC filings and provides technical support to PwC’s practice offices. Chris’s client service expertise includes the banking, capital markets, and insurance industries.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We wrap up our miniseries on loans and investments with a discussion of the accounting for equity interests, a topic that can impact companies across all industries.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 2:02 – Equity interests in scope of ASC 321, Investments—Equity Securities
  • 13:19 – Determining whether an equity interest has a readily determinable fair value
  • 15:10 – An overview of the “measurement alternative,” including:
    • 22:27 – Impairment of equity interests
    • 25:31 – Identifying observable transactions

For more information, see chapter 2 of our Loans and investments guide. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:

Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National Office with nearly 30 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial services clients on treasury-related matters.

Christopher Gerdau is a partner in PwC’s National Office specializing in accounting for financial instruments and banking-related topics. Chris also conducts technical reviews of SEC filings and provides technical support to PwC’s practice offices. Chris’s client service expertise includes the banking, capital markets, and insurance industries.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-16012517 Tue, 29 Oct 2024 14:00:00 -0400 2158 financial instruments full false Talking ESG: Can AI be sustainable? Talking ESG: Can AI be sustainable? At the intersection of two trending topics, AI and sustainability, there are a myriad of both costs and benefits to consider. Host Heather Horn is joined by Scott Likens, PwC Global Chief AI Engineer, to discuss the environmental impact of AI and the balance between AI's benefits and its environmental footprint.

In this episode, they discuss:

  • 3:17 – How AI is impacting sustainability
  • 8:54 – Why AI and sustainability aren’t necessarily opposing forces
  • 17:28 – Practical examples of utilizing AI to optimize energy usage
  • 28:22 – The broader benefits of using AI to impact sustainability
  • 31:05 – Balancing AI’s benefits with its environmental footprint
  •  38:32 – Advice for both companies and individuals leveraging AI

Looking for more on AI? Check out PwC’s Artificial Intelligence services as well as resources on responsible AI, including What is responsible AI and how can it help harness trusted generative AI?

Scott Likens is the Global and US Chief AI Engineer leading and overseeing the AI Engineering and Emerging Technology teams in the United States. With more than 30 years of emerging technology experience, he has helped clients transform their customer experience and enhance their digital operations across all aspects of their business.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> At the intersection of two trending topics, AI and sustainability, there are a myriad of both costs and benefits to consider. Host Heather Horn is joined by Scott Likens, PwC Global Chief AI Engineer, to discuss the environmental impact of AI and the balance between AI's benefits and its environmental footprint.

In this episode, they discuss:

  • 3:17 – How AI is impacting sustainability
  • 8:54 – Why AI and sustainability aren’t necessarily opposing forces
  • 17:28 – Practical examples of utilizing AI to optimize energy usage
  • 28:22 – The broader benefits of using AI to impact sustainability
  • 31:05 – Balancing AI’s benefits with its environmental footprint
  •  38:32 – Advice for both companies and individuals leveraging AI

Looking for more on AI? Check out PwC’s Artificial Intelligence services as well as resources on responsible AI, including What is responsible AI and how can it help harness trusted generative AI?

Scott Likens is the Global and US Chief AI Engineer leading and overseeing the AI Engineering and Emerging Technology teams in the United States. With more than 30 years of emerging technology experience, he has helped clients transform their customer experience and enhance their digital operations across all aspects of their business.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. 

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-15985169 Thu, 24 Oct 2024 14:00:00 -0400 2463 esg, pwc esg full false Applying the CECL model to financial asset credit losses Applying the CECL model to financial asset credit losses We continue our miniseries on loans and investments with a discussion of the current expected credit losses (CECL) impairment model, applicable to a broad range of financial assets. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 3:42 – A refresher on the CECL model
  • 8:02 – Impact of the current economic environment on credit losses
  • 23:43 – Monitoring and governance of credit losses
  • 26:46 – SEC comment letters and other activity related to CECL
  • 30:49 – FASB developments related to CECL, including purchased financial assets

For more information, see chapter 7 of our Loans and investments guide. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries, Accounting for debt securities held by corporates and Accounting for loan receivables by corporates. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Catherine Espino is a partner in PwC’s National Office with 20 years of experience serving large financial institutions, broker-dealers, as well as smaller subsidiaries and private companies. Catherine focuses on advising companies within the financial services and non-financial services sectors on significant and complex accounting issues.

Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our miniseries on loans and investments with a discussion of the current expected credit losses (CECL) impairment model, applicable to a broad range of financial assets. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 3:42 – A refresher on the CECL model
  • 8:02 – Impact of the current economic environment on credit losses
  • 23:43 – Monitoring and governance of credit losses
  • 26:46 – SEC comment letters and other activity related to CECL
  • 30:49 – FASB developments related to CECL, including purchased financial assets

For more information, see chapter 7 of our Loans and investments guide. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries, Accounting for debt securities held by corporates and Accounting for loan receivables by corporates. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Catherine Espino is a partner in PwC’s National Office with 20 years of experience serving large financial institutions, broker-dealers, as well as smaller subsidiaries and private companies. Catherine focuses on advising companies within the financial services and non-financial services sectors on significant and complex accounting issues.

Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com.

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-15971444 Tue, 22 Oct 2024 14:00:00 -0400 2687 financial instruments full false Talking ESG: Revisiting ESG to enhance value and drive growth Talking ESG: Revisiting ESG to enhance value and drive growth The term “ESG” has been used for over two decades, including in this podcast miniseries title. Host Heather Horn sat down with guest Matt Sekol, Sustainability Global Blackbeltand author of ESG Mindset: Business Resilience and Sustainable Growth, to revisit the complexities of ESG and how companies can rethink the concept to not only build better resilience for the long term, but also find value in reporting.

In this episode, they discuss:

  • 3:42 – The key messages of ESG Mindset and redefining “ESG”
  • 9:44 – How sustainability reporting can contribute to change
  • 12:26 – What leaders can do to leverage ESG in a material way
  • 20:06 – How companies can strike a balance between ESG and the success of the business
  • 35:19 – The interconnectedness of ESG and the macroeconomic environment
  • 45:12 – Key takeaway for addressing systemic ESG issues

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.

Matthew Sekol is a Sustainability Global Black Belt on Microsoft’s Cross-Industry team and a Senior Advisor for Enzo Advisors. In 2024, Matthew released a book called ESG Mindset, which is a guide for companies to think critically about ESG and take a holistic approach to the business. He serves on the LP Advisory Committee of Morgan Stanley’s Next Level Fund, which invests in diverse-led and founded startups. Matthew is considered a benevolent troublemaker who guides companies and partners to think through and address their most material issues on their path to impact.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> The term “ESG” has been used for over two decades, including in this podcast miniseries title. Host Heather Horn sat down with guest Matt Sekol, Sustainability Global Blackbeltand author of ESG Mindset: Business Resilience and Sustainable Growth, to revisit the complexities of ESG and how companies can rethink the concept to not only build better resilience for the long term, but also find value in reporting.

In this episode, they discuss:

  • 3:42 – The key messages of ESG Mindset and redefining “ESG”
  • 9:44 – How sustainability reporting can contribute to change
  • 12:26 – What leaders can do to leverage ESG in a material way
  • 20:06 – How companies can strike a balance between ESG and the success of the business
  • 35:19 – The interconnectedness of ESG and the macroeconomic environment
  • 45:12 – Key takeaway for addressing systemic ESG issues

Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.

Matthew Sekol is a Sustainability Global Black Belt on Microsoft’s Cross-Industry team and a Senior Advisor for Enzo Advisors. In 2024, Matthew released a book called ESG Mindset, which is a guide for companies to think critically about ESG and take a holistic approach to the business. He serves on the LP Advisory Committee of Morgan Stanley’s Next Level Fund, which invests in diverse-led and founded startups. Matthew is considered a benevolent troublemaker who guides companies and partners to think through and address their most material issues on their path to impact.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-15943983 Thu, 17 Oct 2024 14:00:00 -0400 3036 full false Accounting for loan receivables by corporates Accounting for loan receivables by corporates We continue our miniseries on loans and investments with a discussion of the accounting by corporate entities for loan receivables, which can include items such as trade receivables and other receivables with customers, suppliers, employees and more.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:43 – The definition of a loan and types of loan arrangements
  • 3:18 – Recognition and measurement of loans
  • 7:40 – Classification and accounting for loans held for sale or held for investment 
  • 18:54 – Recording interest income on loans
  • 23:29 – An overview of loan impairments

For more information, see chapter 4 of our Loans and investments guide. Also, check out our other episode in this miniseries, Accounting for debt securities held by corporates. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National Office with nearly 30 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial services clients on treasury-related matters.

Catherine Espino is a partner in PwC’s National Office with 20 years of experience serving large financial institutions, broker-dealers, as well as smaller subsidiaries and private companies. Catherine focuses on advising companies within the financial services and non-financial services sectors on significant and complex accounting issues.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> We continue our miniseries on loans and investments with a discussion of the accounting by corporate entities for loan receivables, which can include items such as trade receivables and other receivables with customers, suppliers, employees and more.

In this episode, we discuss:

  • 1:43 – The definition of a loan and types of loan arrangements
  • 3:18 – Recognition and measurement of loans
  • 7:40 – Classification and accounting for loans held for sale or held for investment 
  • 18:54 – Recording interest income on loans
  • 23:29 – An overview of loan impairments

For more information, see chapter 4 of our Loans and investments guide. Also, check out our other episode in this miniseries, Accounting for debt securities held by corporates. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.

Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National Office with nearly 30 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial services clients on treasury-related matters.

Catherine Espino is a partner in PwC’s National Office with 20 years of experience serving large financial institutions, broker-dealers, as well as smaller subsidiaries and private companies. Catherine focuses on advising companies within the financial services and non-financial services sectors on significant and complex accounting issues.

Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.

Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc.com. 

Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.

]]> PwC Buzzsprout-15931174 Tue, 15 Oct 2024 14:00:00 -0400 2237 financial instruments full false